Klima-, Energi- og Forsyningsudvalget 2019-20
KEF Alm.del Bilag 144
Offentligt
2127983_0001.png
Denmark’s
Integrated
National Energy and Climate Plan
under the
REGULATION OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL
on the Governance of the Energy Union and Climate Action
December 2019
1
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0002.png
Content
SECTION A: NATIONAL PLAN ............................................................................................................ 4
1. OVERVIEW AND PROCESS FOR ESTABLISHING THE PLAN .............................................................. 5
1.1 E
XECUTIVE
S
UMMARY
........................................................................................................................ 5
1.2 O
VERVIEW OF CURRENT POLICY SITUATION
........................................................................................... 10
1.3 C
ONSULTATIONS AND INVOLVEMENT OF NATIONAL AND
EU
ENTITIES AND THEIR OUTCOME
........................... 14
1.4 R
EGIONAL COOPERATION IN PREPARING THE PLAN
................................................................................. 20
2. NATIONAL OBJECTIVES AND TARGETS ........................................................................................ 25
2.1 D
IMENSION
D
ECARBONISATION
......................................................................................................... 25
2.1.1 GHG
EMISSIONS AND REMOVALS
.................................................................................................... 25
2.1.2 R
ENEWABLE ENERGY
..................................................................................................................... 35
2.2 D
IMENSION
E
NERGY EFFICIENCY
......................................................................................................... 51
2.3 D
IMENSION
E
NERGY SECURITY
........................................................................................................... 56
2.4 D
IMENSION
I
NTERNAL ENERGY MARKET
............................................................................................... 65
2.5 D
IMENSION
R
ESEARCH
,
INNOVATION AND COMPETITIVENESS
................................................................... 74
3.
POLICIES AND MEASURES ...................................................................................................... 78
3.1 D
IMENSION
D
ECARBONISATION
......................................................................................................... 78
3.2 D
IMENSION
E
NERGY EFFICIENCY
....................................................................................................... 100
3.3 D
IMENSION
E
NERGY SECURITY
......................................................................................................... 109
3.4 D
IMENSION
I
NTERNAL ENERGY MARKET
............................................................................................. 116
3.5 D
IMENSION
R
ESEARCH
,
INNOVATION AND COMPETITIVENESS
................................................................. 123
SECTION B: ANALYTICAL BASIS ..................................................................................................... 133
4. CURRENT SITUATION AND PROJECTIONS WITH EXISTING POLICIES AND MEASURES ............... 134
4.1. P
ROJECTED EVOLUTION OF MAIN EXOGENOUS FACTORS INFLUENCING ENERGY SYSTEM AND
GHG
EMISSION
DEVELOPMENTS
.................................................................................................................................. 134
4.2. D
IMENSION DECARBONIZATION
....................................................................................................... 138
4.3. E
NERGY EFFICIENCY
....................................................................................................................... 152
4.4. E
NERGY SECURITY
......................................................................................................................... 156
4.5. I
NTERNAL ENERGY MARKET
............................................................................................................. 159
4.6. R
ESEARCH
,
INNOVATION AND COMPETITIVENESS
................................................................................ 169
5. IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF PLANNED POLICIES AND MEASURES ................................................. 175
5.1 I
MPACTS OF PLANNED POLICIES AND MEASURES DESCRIBED IN SECTION
3
ON ENERGY SYSTEM AND GREENHOUSE
GAS EMISSIONS AND REMOVALS INCLUDING COMPARISON TO PROJECTIONS WITH EXISTING POLICIES AND MEASURES
(
AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION
4) ................................................................................................................ 175
5.2 M
ACROECONOMIC
,
AND TO THE EXTENT FEASIBLE
,
THE HEALTH
,
ENVIRONMENTAL
,
EMPLOYMENT AND
EDUCATION
,
SKILLS AND SOCIAL IMPACTS INCLUDING JUST TRANSITION ASPECTS
(
IN TERMS OF COSTS AND BENEFITS AS
WELL AS COST
-
EFFECTIVENESS
)
OF THE PLANNED POLICIES AND MEASURES DESCRIBED IN SECTION
3
AT LEAST UNTIL THE
LAST YEAR OF THE PERIOD COVERED BY THE PLAN
,
INCLUDING COMPARISON TO PROJECTIONS WITH EXISTING POLICIES
AND MEASURES
.................................................................................................................................. 176
2
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0003.png
5.3 O
VERVIEW OF INVESTMENT NEEDS
.................................................................................................... 178
5.4 I
MPACTS OF PLANNED POLICIES AND MEASURES DESCRIBED IN SECTION
3
ON OTHER
M
EMBER
S
TATES AND
REGIONAL COOPERATION AT LEAST UNTIL THE LAST YEAR OF THE PERIOD COVERED BY THE PLAN
,
INCLUDING
COMPARISON TO PROJECTIONS WITH EXISTING POLICIES AND MEASURES
........................................................ 181
REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................. 183
Appendices
Annex 1:
Annex 2:
Annex 3:
Annex 4:
Reporting of used parameters and variables
Trends and projections in Danish GHG emissions and removals 1990-2040
Natural gas price projections
Electricity and gas prices by energy, network and taxes/levies for businesses
and households
Des iptio of e isti g easu es a d the
energy and climate model)
odelli g platfo
De
a ks
Annex 5:
Annex 6:
Annex 7:
Annex 8:
Carbon ETS price. Revised carbon ETS price in September 2019
Projections of air pollutants
Additional information on policies and measures related to GHG emissions
and removals
Ækvivalensrapport for varmeproducerende anlæg til bygningsopvarmning
(Directive 2010/31/EU - Documentation of equivalent measures - article
14)
Ækvivalensrapport for køleproducerende anlæg til rumkøling (Directive
2010/31/EU - Documentation of equivalent measures - article 15)
Measures and methodologies to implement article 7 of Directive
2012/27/EU
Annex 9:
Annex 10:
Annex 11:
3
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0004.png
SECTION A: NATIONAL PLAN
4
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0005.png
1. OVERVIEW AND PROCESS FOR ESTABLISHING THE PLAN
1.1 Executive Summary
(i) Political, economic, environmental, and social context of the plan
On 27 June 2019 a new Danish Government was formed. The Social Democrats reached
agreement with the Red-G
ee Allia e, the So ial Li e al Pa t a d the So ialist People s
Party to form a one-party minority Government led by the Social Democrats. The parties
agreed to the document titled A fair direction for Denmark.
The parties agreed that the Government will promote a sustainable policy under which
Denmark resumes leadership of the green transition, significantly increases its ambitions
concerning the climate, environment and nature, and ensures that Denmark is in
compliance with the Paris Agreement.
The Government has the ambition of being among the world governments that do most
both domestically and abroad
to combat climate change and the deterioration of our
environment and nature. In order to reach those targets, a very significant effort will be
required throughout the tenure of the Government, which must take place in a socially
balanced way.
On December 6, 2019 the Government reached an agreement on a new Climate Act with 8
out of the 10 parties in the Danish Parliament. The act will include a legally binding target to
reduce greenhouse gases by 70% by 2030 (relative to 1990 level), to reach net zero
emissions by 2050 at the latest, and to set milestone targets based on a five-year cycle.
It is stated in A fair direction for Denmark that a reduction target by 70% by 2030 is a very
ambitious goal, and it will be particularly difficult to realise the last part of the goal, i.e.
from 65% to 70%. This will require currently unknown methods and, therefore, also a close
collaboration with the Danish Council on Climate Change and other experts.
The climate act will be followed by climate action plans, which will contribute to ensuring
that national reduction targets are met. The Climate Action Plan in 2020 will include sector
strategies and indicators as a minimum for central sectors as agriculture, transport, energy,
construction and industry. Moreover, Denmark has already taken the first steps towards
establishing a professional and efficient energy sector as the basis for the transition to a
sustainable green society.
In June 2018 all Parties of the Danish Parliament at the time reached a political Energy
Agreement
to fu the uild De a k s international
positions of strength with a focus on
renewable energy, energy efficiency improvements, research and development and energy
regulation. The measures and policies decided in the agreement are now in the process of
being implemented.
5
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0006.png
(ii) Strategy relating to the five dimensions of the Energy Union
Decarbonisation - GHG emissions and removals
On December 6, 2019 the Government reached an agreement on a new Climate Act with 8
out of the 10 parties in the Danish Parliament. The act will include a legally binding target to
reduce greenhouse gases by 70% by 2030 (relative to 1990 level), to reach net zero
emissions by 2050 at the latest, and to set milestone targets based on a five-year cycle.
Moreover, the Danish Government will develop Climate Action Plans that will outline
concrete policies to reduce emissions in relevant sectors.
Decarbonisation - Renewable energy
The Government has set a very ambitious national target of reducing greenhouse gas
emissions by 70 % in 2030 compared to 1990 levels. To reach this target new initiatives will
be adopted which will accelerate the transition to renewables in the energy and transport
sector.
Moreover, Denmark has set an ambitious course towards at least 55 % renewables energy
in gross final consumption in 2030. That will give an important contribution towards the
2030 EU-target for renewable energy. In June 2018 the Danish Parliament agreed on a
policy framework for the energy policy from 2020 to 2024 that will specify the first
significant steps towards that achievement. As a result, the renewable capacity and
renewable shares are expected to rise steadily in all sectors throughout the period.
Energy efficiency
The energy efficiency effort in Denmark has been a highly prioritised policy area since the
oil crisis of the 1970s. Denmark has therefore developed a great expertise in energy
efficiency, which has made it possible to keep energy consumption largely unchanged in
spite of significant economic growth over the last four decades.
Due to continuing economic growth and the construction of several datacentres, the Danish
energy consumption is expected to increase slightly in the period 2021-2030 by app. 1
Mtoe in primary energy consumption and 0,5 Mtoe in final energy consumption. However,
Denmark is planning a number of initiatives and measures for the period 2021-2030 in
order to reduce its energy consumption and fulfil its energy saving obligation. The most
prominent new energy saving measure for the period, is a subsidy scheme from 2021-2024
targeting private enterprises and buildings, which is projected to save app. 1,2 Mtoe. This is
supported by other measures related to energy efficiency and renovation in public and
private buildings, which is projected to generate app. 0,66 Mtoe in savings.
Energy security
Denmark currently has a high level of energy security. The Danish gas production will
decrease during the next three years as the Tyra facility will be shut down, but the overall
energy mix in Denmark is expected to keep a relatively stable trend in its transition towards
a green energy system.
The continued high level of energy security is ensured through decreased dependency on
import from third countries through i) Denmark
s
increase in its renewable energy share
largely, ii) Denmark
s
domestic oil and gas production, and iii) Denmark
s
cooperation with
6
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0007.png
neighbouring countries to keep the interconnectivity level high. It is also ensured through
increased flexibility in the energy system, through systematized monitoring of adequacy of
the supply in different sectors, through emergency plans and the historical development of
a resilient energy system.
Internal energy market
Denmark currently has a high level of interconnectivity and Denmark will uphold and
increase interconnectivity through projects coordinated with neighbouring countries. This
includes a list of PCI projects and reinvestments in existing interconnectors.
Moreover, Denmark is currently focusing on the functioning and integration of electricity
markets, with a focus on developing cross-border markets for balancing products.
Regarding cross-border capacity, improvements are expected due to the DG COMP decision
on the DK1-DE interconnector as well as measures from Svenska Kraftnät for the Swedish
interconnectors. Denmark is also focusing on the increase of flexibility in the energy system
and the development of better functioning markets in order to facilitate new actors and
technologies.
Research, innovation and competitiveness
The new Danish Government wants to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 70 % by 2030
compared to the 1990 level as well as reaching net-zero emissions by 2050. Denmark must
be known as a nation of green entrepreneurialism. Therefore, new technologies and
solutions must be developed and deployed.
Denmark has committed to spend 580 mill. DKK in 2020 and 1 billion DKK in 2024 on
research, development and demonstration (R&D) of new technologies related to energy
and climate. A large share will go to the EUDP programme, which funds projects in line with
SET Plan objectives. Moreover, the new Danish government has proposed to increase
spending to green research, development and demonstration by 1 billion DKK in 2020. It is
expected that a large part of this funding will go to climate-related research and innovation,
including research and innovation in clean energy. Furthermore, Denmark wants to
intensify export promotion activities in the energy sector
both in scale and volume
to a
total of 174 million DKK from 2019 to the end of 2024.
(iii) Overview table with key objectives, policies and measures of the plan
Table 1 presents an overview of key objectives, policies and measures of the plan.
7
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0008.png
Table 1. Overview of key objectives, policies and measures
Dimension
Decarbonisation -
GHG emissions and
removals
Key objectives
Denmark will reduce greenhouse
gas emission by 70% in 2030
compared to 1990.
Key policies and measures
The most recent Danish Climate and Energy Outlook (2019) shows
that GHG emissions in 2030 will be 46% below 1990 with the effects
of implemented and adopted policies and measures, where RE- and
EE- policies and measures are key policies and measures. Policies
and measures contributing to the achievement of the 2030 target
are expected to be decided after the submission of the NECP, in the
climate action plans.
Implemented and adopted RE- and EE- policies and measures are
key to the emission reductions achieved until now. Additional
policies and measures to be decided after the submission of the
NECP are expected to also contribute to the achievement of the
long-term target in 2050.
Policies and measures adopted with the 2018 Energy Agreement
promoting RE and EE (see description below under RE & EE).
Additional policies and measures to be decided after the submission
of the NECP, including new measures to be adopted in the climate
action plans.
A Commission for Green Transition of Passenger Cars is expected
to provide recommendations for policies and measures that will
contribute to the green transition of the transport sector.
A stop to sales of all new diesel and petrol cars as of 2030.
Ban on burning of straw residues on fields, public afforestation and
a grant scheme for afforestation on private agricultural land and
subsidy for conversion of arable land on organic soils to nature.
Technology-neutral RE tenders, three new offshore wind farms of at
least 800 MW each, reduction of the electrical heating tax,
reduction of the electricity tax, support of geothermal energy and an
analysis of modernizing heat.
Denmark will work towards net
zero emissions in the EU and in
Denmark by 2050 at the latest.
Limit Denmark’s non-ETS
greenhouse gas emissions in 2030
at least by 39% relative to
Denmark’s emissions in 2005
Transport sector transition
Decarbonisation -
Renewable energy
Ensure that emissions do not
exceed removals as accounted in
the LULUCF sector
The parties of the Energy
Agreement from June 2018 have
allocated funding that sets a
course towards a renewable
energy share of approximately
55% by 2030. The agreement will
also lead to a RE share in
electricity above 100% of
consumption, while ensuring that
at least 90% of district heating
consumption is based on energy
sources other than coal, oil or gas
by 2030.
Phase out coal in electricity
production between now and
2030.
Energy efficiency
Saving obligations according to
Article 7 in the energy efficiency
directive.
Energy security
Energy savings in accordance with
the requirements of art. 5 in the
energy efficiency directive
Stable and reliable energy supply
A combination of a range of policies and measures, such as
incentives for producing electricity and heat with other technologies
and fuels than in coal fired power stations, as well as good
interconnections to neighboring counties, and market conditions
(higher CO2 price in the ETS System), deployment of large scale
wind power, etc.
Competitive subsidy scheme related to private enterprises at 300
mio. DKK per year in 2021-2024 and competitive subsidy scheme
related to buildings at 200 mio. DKK per year in 2021-2024.
Moreover, efficiency of existing buildings by other measures is
significantly increased through the requirements to the renovation of
buildings in the building codes. To be updated after the adoptation
of the climate action plans.
To be updated after the adoptation of the climate action plans.
The parties of the Energy
Agreement from June 2018 have
allocated funding that sets a course
towards a renewable energy share
of approximately 55% by 2030.
Prevention of risks in the energy
system
Increased international cooperation
concerning energy supply
Increased interconnectivity
Increased flexibility in the electricity
system
Internal energy
market
Increased interconnectivity
Integration of renewables,
Laws on responsibilities regarding electricity supply, gas supply and
emergency plans. A new planning target is to be set by the Minister
of Climate, Energy and Utilities regarding security of electricity
supply.
Policies and measures adopted with the 2018 Energy Agreement
including: Tenders for new renewable energy production facilities,
Market Model 3.0, a Smart Energy plan, lowered taxes on
electricity, an analysis of the future tariff design, support of
geothermal energy, etc. Moreover, the energy storage fund of 2019.
Laws on responsibilities for emergency plans and a cybersecurity
strategy. Cable-laying the electricity distribution system.
Participation in regional cooperation groups. Dialogue with
neighbouring countries, such as Germany and Sweden.
5 PCI projects and reinvestments in interconnectors that are about
to reach the end of their expected lifetime.
Policies and measures adopted with the 2018 Energy Agreement
including: the Market Model 3.0, the tariff project, the Smart Energy
plan etc. Moreover, the energy storage fund.
5 PCI projects and reinvestments in interconnectors that are about
to reach the end of their expected lifetime.
Investigation of a development project (NSWPH). An application
8
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0009.png
interconnectivity and SoS
Developing markets for flexibility
and ancillary services
Having a highly competitive retail
market, and protecting consumers
Research, innovation
and competitiveness
Support reduction of greenhouse
gas emission by 70 % in 2030
compared to 1990 by developing
new technologies and systems in
energy, transportation and
agriculture.
Denmark must be known as a
nation of green entrepreneurialism.
has been submitted for the project to become a PCI candidate.
The Market Model 3.0 project. Roll-out of smart-meters. Energy
storage fund. Project by the Nordic TSO to procure FFR for a
sufficient level of inertia. Law on procurement of services by the
TSO through market-based mechanisms.
Smart meter rollout by 2020. Monitoring of the market development
to ensure appropriate price level. Supplier centric model
implementation. Creating of datahub. Online price comparison tool.
Law change with stricter rules for vertically integrated companies.
The Energy Agreement states that by 2024 Denmark has a
spending target of 1 billion DKK on research, development and
demonstration of new technologies related to energy and climate.
Morover, with the research reserve agreement 2020, the
Government and all the political parties has agreed to increase
spending to green research, development and demonstration by 1
billion DKK in 2020..
In June 2019, the Government has declared that it will further
increase funding to green research and demonstration programs.
With the research reserve agreement 2020, the Government and all
the political parties has agreed to increase spending to green
research, development and demonstration by 1 billion DKK in 2020.
Denmark has decided to launch export promotion activities for at
total of 174 mill. DKK from 2019 to 2024.
9
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0010.png
1.2 Overview of current policy situation
(i) National and Union energy system and policy context of the national plan
Denmark has a strong tradition of broad political Energy Agreements. In 2012, a broad
majority in Parliament reached an Energy Agreement defining initiatives covering crucial
energy policy areas for the period 2012-2020. Also, the parties to the 2012 Energy
Agreement agreed by 2018 to commence discussions on additional initiatives for the period
after 2020, which was concluded with the Energy Agreement from June 2018.
Supported by all political parties of the Parliament at the time, the Energy Agreement from
June 2018 sets the scene for the Danish energy policy going beyond 2020. The policies and
measures decided in the agreement are now in the process of being implemented.
On December 6, 2019 the Government reached an agreement on a new Climate Act with 8
out of the 10 parties in the Danish Parliament. The act will include a legally binding target to
reduce greenhouse gases by 70% by 2030 (relative to 1990 level), to reach net zero
emissions by 2050 at the latest, and to set milestone targets based on a five-year cycle.
The EU s li ate a d e e g poli
o stitutes a e t al f a e o k fo De a k s atio al
efforts. The overall EU targets for 2020 and 2030, and the national burden sharing that
follow from some of these constitute key reference points for the Danish national policies
in this area. The underlying regulations that support the achievement of those targets also
constitute a central part of the national regulation and measures to achieve the overall
targets. Furthermore, Denmark benefits greatly from being part of a well-functioning
internal market for energy in the EU. This is one of the keys to integration of large amounts
of renewable energy into the energy system, and will thus only become more important in
the years to come.
(ii) Current energy and climate policies and measures relating to the five
dimensions of the Energy Union
See section 1.1 for summery of polices and measures relating to the five dimensions. For
more detailed description see chapter 3.
(iii) Key issues of cross-border relevance
As a small country taking part in the integrated Nordic electricity market, cross-border
aspects of the energy system have become more and more relevant for Denmark.
Especially in light of the increasing amount of fluctuating energy in the energy system,
Denmark sees an increased importance of a well-functioning and integrated energy market
across borders. Thus, knowledge of the energy mix and policies, as well as co-operation
with our neighbouring countries is increasingly important. The North Seas region, which has
a large renewable energy potential, is also a key issue of cross-border relevance. The North
Seas Energy Cooperation will be explained in section 1.4.
Denmark also participates in the Baltic Energy Market Interconnection Plan (BEMIP). In this
forum Denmark collaborates with Germany, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Finland, and
Sweden on issues of cross border relevance in regard to infrastructure, markets, gas and
electricity, security of supply and integration of renewables.
10
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0011.png
Moreover, Denmark cooperates with Great Britain on the Viking Link project. Viking Link is
a 760 km long electricity interconnector between Denmark and Great Britain under
construction. The interconnector will enable more effective use of renewable energy,
access to sustainable electricity generation, and improved security of electricity supplies.
Viking Link will increase the security of electricity supplies in both Denmark and Great
Britain.
In Denmark, Viking Link will increase the value of wind power. Better possibilities for cross-
border electricity trading will contribute to lower wholesale prices for electricity in Great
Britain. To meet international and domestic renewable and climate change targets, Great
Britain and Denmark are generating more power from renewable sources, including
offshore wind. By its nature, wind generation is intermittent and interconnectors provide
an effective way to manage these fluctuations in supply and demand.
Viki g Li k ill e o e De a k s la gest a le to a
eighbouring country. The high
capacity gives rise to a need for extra reserves in the western Danish power grid in order to
ensure a balance in the transmission system in case of a defect in Viking Link. The reserves
will be obtained via the Danish-German border and through a closer operational
cooperation with German TenneT.
Moreover, Denmark cooperates with Poland and Norway on The Baltic Pipe project. Direct
access of Eastern and Central Europe to gas deposits in Norway will improve the supply
security by opening a permanent corridor for the delivery of gas while increasing the
competitiveness and price pressure among gas suppliers. The pipeline is also embedded in
the li ate p ote tio poli a d the suppo t fo the Easte a d Ce t al Eu ope s effo ts
to decarbonize their economies. Baltic Pipe will enable Poland to reduce their coal
consumption. As gas emits about half the amount of CO2 compared to coal, the Baltic Pipe
Project can contribute to the global reduction of CO2 emission by supporting the phase-out
of coal. Furthermore, Baltic Pipe can support the integration of renewable energy sources
such as green gas and biogas into the gas transmission system.
Denmark also participates in German-i
itiated Ele t i it Neigh ou s , hi h is a egio al
cooperation that aims to ensure security of electricity supply in the framework of the
internal energy market. A declaration among the participating countries was signed in
, a d the ele t i it eigh ou s o ti ue to eet egula l a d e ha ge ie s
on
different topics of common interest.
(iv) Administrative structure of implementing national energy and climate
policies
To prepare the National Energy and Climate Plan, a project group has been established
between the Danish Ministry of Climate, Energy and Utilities and the Danish Energy Agency.
The overarching responsibility of the development of the plan is held by the Ministry of
Climate, Energy and Utilities while the Danish Energy Agency is responsible for the
modelling and scenario development. Moreover, Ministry of Finance, Ministry of
Environment and Food, Ministry of Industry, Business and Financial Affairs, Ministry of
Taxation and Ministry of Transport and Housing has contributed and been consulted on the
plan.
11
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0012.png
The implementation of energy and climate policy is done in the same manner as other
sector legislation and is implemented in the Ministry of Climate, Energy and Utilities.
The Danish Ministry of Climate, Energy and Utilities consists of the Department, the
Geological Survey of Denmark and Greenland, the Agency for Data Supply and Efficiency,
the Danish Meteorological Institute, the Danish Geodata Agency, the Danish Energy Agency
and the associated independent bodies the Danish Energy Regulatory Authority, Energinet
and the Danish Council on Climate Change.
Figure 1. Organizational chart of the Danish Ministry of Climate, Energy and Utilities
The Danish Energy Agency
is responsible for the entire range of tasks linked to to energy
production, supply and consumption, as well as Danish efforts to reduce carbon emissions.
The Agency supports the economical optimisation of utilities that in addition to energy
includes water, waste and telecommunication. The agency is also responsible for user
conditions, supply obligation and telecommunication statistics as well as water supply and
waste management.
The Agency for Data Supply and Efficiency
provides the public and private sector with high
quality data. The task of the Agency is to provide the foundation for political decisions
through reliable data which can be combined, and to ensure that geo and administrative
data create value across the public sector. The Agency supplies the public sector, citizens
and businesses with data, giving them more intelligent and accurate knowledge about
society.
DMI
The Danish Meteorological Institute
provides meteorological services in Denmark,
the Faroe Islands, Greenland and the surrounding waters and airspace. Meteorological
services include forecasting and warnings and the monitoring of weather, climate and
related environmental conditions in the atmosphere, on land and at sea. The Institute
carries out Denmark's international meteorological obligations and is the point of contact
for exchanging information internationally.
12
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0013.png
The Danish Geodata Agency
is responsible for surveying, mapping and land registering of
all of Denmark, Greenland, the Faroe Islands and all waters associated with these.
GEUS
The Geological Survey of Denmark and Greenland
is an independent Danish
research and advisory institution operating in the areas of environmental geology, water
resources, energy and mineral resources. GEUS collects and stores data and is responsible
for research, consultancy and communication related to the exploitation and protection of
the natural geological resources of Denmark and Greenland.
The Danish Utility Regulator
regulates the Danish markets for electricity, natural gas and
district heating. In the electricity market, the regulation focuses on the network
companies. The Authority sets the allowed price for electricity companies with an
obligation to supply. In the natural gas market, the regulation also focuses on the network
companies. The Authority also sets the price for natural gas supplied by the natural gas
companies with an obligation to supply.
Energinet
is the Danish national transmission system operator (TSO). It is an independent,
state-owned company that owns Denmark's electrical and natural gas grid. It also maintains
a supply of natural gas. Energinet's primary responsibility is to control and maintain the
national electrical transmission grid and the national gas distribution grid.
The Council on Climate Change
is an independent body of experts. It provides
recommendations on climate initiatives in the transition to a low-carbon society based on
independent professional analyses centred on the overall objective for 2050.
13
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0014.png
1.3 Consultations and involvement of national and EU entities and their
outcome
(i) Involvement of the Parliament
The content of the National Energy and Climate Plan is among other things based on the
Energy Agreement of 29 June 2018 adopted by all parties of the Danish Parliament at the
time. Moreover, the signatory parties to the agreement are continuously involved and
informed about the implementation of the Energy Agreement.
The Danish Parliament has also received the Danish National Energy and Climate Plan,
before it was handed over to the Commission.
(ii) Involvement of local and regional authorities
There has not been a specific involvement of local or regional authorities, but the
o ga isatio ep ese ti g the u i ipalities Lo al Go e
e t De a k has ee
involved in the hearing of the plan, as well as the organisation representing the different
regions in Denmark, the so-
alled Da ish Regio s .
The Local Government of Denmark (KL) has sent a response to the public hearing notice. In
the response, KL stresses that in the agreement between the Government and
Mu i ipalities o the u i ipalities e o o fo
, it is stated that the Go e
e t
will on an on-going basis involve the municipalities in the work with the green transition,
with the purpose of qualif
i g a d a ho i g De a k s li ate a tio s. Ho e e , KL otes
that they have not yet been involved in the work with the new climate act and climate
action plan.
Moreover, KL underlines strategic energy planning as an important tool in regard to the
transition to a renewable energy system. The organisation stresses that strategic energy
planning should be a mandatory task for the municipalities, and that the government
should set clear guidelines and provide the necessary resources for this. In addition, KL
highlights the need for strengthening the possibilities to set up new and bigger onshore
wind turbines. KL also advocates for an external fund for multifunctional land distribution
and homogeneous requirements for solar PV across state, regions and municipalities.
Furthermore, KL argues that the Danish district heating system secures a stable heating
system for the citizens. They argue that the commitments in the form of connection and
continuation requirements should be reintroduced. Moreover, KL argues for further
development of the energy and CO2 account. Finally, KL argues that the government should
create better incentives for the utilization of surplus heat.
(iii) Consultations with stakeholders, including social partners, and engagement
of civil society and the general public
The Danish Ministry of Climate, Energy and Utilities has a structure in place where relevant
stakeholders get the opportunity to take part in a hearing via the so-called EU Special
Committee. The committee consists of approx. 100 stakeholders, interest groups,
organisations, NGOs, companies, public institutions etc. The NECP was sent to the EU
Special Committee on 22 November 2019, with the opportunity to comment on the plan on
2 December 2019 at the latest. Moreover, the NECP was published on The Danish Ministry
14
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0015.png
of Cli ate, E e g a d Utilities e page o
No e e a d o the Da ish E e g
Age
s e page at the sa e ti e, to gi e the pu li the oppo tu it to take pa t i the
consultation.
The Ministry has received 12 responses to the public hearing notice from the following
respondents: SYNERGI, DANVA, The Danish Construction Association, Confederation of
Danish Industry (DI), Danish Ministry of Defence Estate Agency, The Danish 92 group, Wind
Denmark, Energinet, Finance Denmark, The Danish Forest Association, the Danish Business
Authority and Local Government Denmark. The Danish Consumer Council informed that
they did not have any comments.
I ge e al, ea l all espo de ts e pli itl el o e the Go e
e t s a itious goal a d
support the target of reducing greenhouse gas emissions by 70 % in 2030. In the following,
the responses will be summarised according to the main concerns and themes addressed in
the responses, also bearing in mind the five dimensions in the Energy Union.
Energy Efficiency
Comments in regard to energy efficiency were made by a range of respondents. In general,
the stakeholders express that Denmark should increase energy efficiency efforts and
highlight the socio-economic potentials of focusing on energy efficiency. Moreover,
stakeholders highlight that an increased Danish energy efficiency effort also will ensure
Danish leadership and Danish export of energy efficient solutions. In addition, several
stakeholders advocate for a national energy efficiency target and for the need for new
energy efficiency measures after 2024. The key issues raised can be summarised as follows:
-
Energy saving requirements for all public sector buildings (art. 5 in EED).
The
stakeholders welcome that the Government is working on a plan for energy efficiency
in government buildings in 2021-2030 (EED, art. 5). The stakeholders stress that the
requirements should also apply to municipalities and regions and some suggest a 3%
target.
-
Energy saving obligations (art. 7 in EED).
The stakeholders stress that Denmark should
live up to the energy saving obligation. Moreover, the Government is urged not to
notify taxes as part of the fulfilment of the energy saving obligation.
-
The long-term renovation strategy:
The stakeholders encourage the Government to
make an ambitious long-term renovation strategy. Moreover, they argue, that
additional benefits, for instance better housing standards and indoor climate benefits
should be included in the strategy.
-
New finance sources for energy efficiency in private buildings:
Several stakeholders
argue that there is a need for better financing sources for energy efficiency in private
buildings. Many private homeowners have a low knowledge of energy efficiency and
there is a lack of attractive financing options in some parts of Denmark.
-
The building job scheme:
Some also mention that the building job scheme should be
revised to make it possible to accumulate the yearly tax allowance over a number of
years to undertake bigger and deep energy renovations. The scheme could also be
extended to include demolition of buildings in poor energy conditions.
15
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0016.png
-
Energy Performance Certificates:
One respondent argue that the quality and control of
the Energy Performance Certificates should be improved. Moreover, the access to the
underlying data should be improved.
Decarbonisation, Renewable energy and internal energy market
Several stakeholders express their support for further deployment of renewable energy, in
particular wind power, as a means to meeting the Governments objective of reducing
GHG s
p t. i
. O e poi t out that t o o e offsho e i d fa s should e
established before 2030, and another stakeholder encourages the Government to establish
at least fi e o e la ge offsho e i d fa s efo e
a d to esta lish e e g isla ds
with the aim of further deployment of large-scale offshore wind.
In order to maximise the use of the wind resources around Denmark, some stakeholders
suggest strengthening exports of electricity to neighbouring country Germany, arguing that
when green electricity is exported, this may well replace coal-powered electricity in
Germany, thereby having significant benefits for the climate.
Some also mention the importance of giving priority to Power-to-X, i.e. producing liquid
fuels from excess wind power electricity. In this context, a national centre for energy
storage as well as further deployment of solar PV and onshore wind is also suggested.
Several mention Power-to-X as one of several building blocks in an effort to ensure
sector
coupling,
which is highlighted by several stakeholders. By using green electricity to produce
hydrogen, renewable energy can be used in transport, and synergy across sectors can be
achieved. Sector coupling is also claimed to be able to significantly contribute to increased
use of surplus heat (in the industry sector) through heat pumps, thereby contributing to a
more energy efficient and green district heating system while at the same time using green
electricity. Some underline that public support in Denmark as well as other EU countries are
needed for the first large scale hydrogen production facilities. Moreover, some encourage
the Government to promote the use of green fuels such as hydrogen based on green
electricity in international sea and air transport, even if these sectors are not part of the
national 70 pct. reduction objective.
On biomass, one stakeholder stresses that bioenergy accounts for a significant share of
overall energy, but that this role could be further increased through the use of wood in
construction of buildings, thereby contributing to storage of CO2.
Another stakeholder stresses that current conversion from coal to biomass is a bad solution
for the climate, claiming that large heat pumps already today constitute an economically
feasible solution to replace coal fired production in district heating.
Research, development and competitiveness
One respondent encourages the Government to increase the support to research and
development and another respondent highlights the need for research in CO2 uptake and
storage, which they point to, is also already happening. Moreover, a stakeholder
encourages the Government to make new initiatives to ensure the terms of competition for
the industry and the green industry. In line with this, some stakeholders argue that the use
16
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0017.png
of high national CO2 taxes can lead to a decrease in competitiveness and CO2-leakage.
Finally, one respondent notes that the NECP will not result in administrative consequences
for the business sector.
Compliance with Governance regulation on public consultation
One of the stakeholders argue that the public hearing is not in compliance with the
Governance regulation requirements for public consultation and involvement as described
in Article 10 and 11, as well as preamble 28. This criticism is particularly related to the
public hearing only allowing 10 days (or six working days) to work out responses to the
hearing. The same stakeholder encourages the Government to instead undertake a
thorough public consultation as part of the process for working out the climate action plan.
The same stakeholder also points out that scenarios in chapter 4 of the NECP are worked
out with price assumptions for gas, which are derived from the IEA New Policies Scenario in
World Energy Outlook
a scenario which is not compatible with objectives in the Paris-
agreement on climate change. This stakeholder notes that the Danish Parliament in 2018
has adopted a decision to, in such cases, if relevant and possible, include sensitivity analysis
covering Paris agreement compatible scenarios and price assumptions.
Government remarks to public consultation responses
The Government welcomes all responses and will consider the points made in the future
work with the climate action plan and other climate and energy initiatives.
The Government is particularly pleased to note the overwhelming support by stakeholders
for the Government s target
to edu e GHG s
%i
o pa ed to
le els.
The Government has already taken concrete steps on some of the points mentioned by the
stakeholders. On 2 December 2019, the Government reached agreement with the Red-
G ee Allia e, the So ial Li e al Pa t , the So ialist People s Pa t a d the Alte ati e o
the Finance Act 2020. As an example, the parties agreed to initiate a preliminary study of
e e g isla ds a d suppo t po e
-to-X technologies.
In regard to the comments to the energy efficiency effort, the Government is aware that
the current measures fall short of reaching the energy saving obligations under article 7 of
EED. The Danish Government is committed to fulfill the energy saving obligations under
article 7. Measures and instruments contributing to the obligation will be outlined in the
upcoming climate action plan.
As regards compliance with Article 10 and 11 of the Governance Regulation, the
Government acknowledges that 10 days of hearing under normal circumstances is relative
short, bearing in mind the complexity of the plan. However, this also has to be seen in
relation to the fact that the NECP does not introduce any new political objectives or policies
and measures, as well as NECP scenarios towards 2030 are already published in the Danish
Climate and Energy Outlook 2019 (DECO 2019).
17
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0018.png
Over the past year, the draft NECP has been available on the websites of the Ministry as
well as the Danish Energy Agency, including a description of the Governance Regulation and
the process towards a final NECP in 2019. This has not resulted in any comments or
questions.
In the years to come the Government will on an on-going basis include independent
experts, popular movements and interest organisations with the purpose of qualifying and
a ho i g De a k s g ee effo ts.
Moreover, the Government has taken concrete steps to ensure a close cooperation with
the Danish business community on the climate agenda. On 13 November, the Danish Prime
Mi iste p ese ted the Go e
e ts
li ate pa t e ships . The pa t e ships
represents all branches of Danish business. The Danish business community plays a central
role in the green transition and with the climate partnerships, the Government wants to
work closely with the business community on how to contribute to solving the climate
challenges.
The Government remains open to discussing the elements of climate and energy policy with
all stakeholders in future processes towards achieving the political objectives.
Strategic environmental assessment
The NECP has not been subject to a strategic environmental assessment pursuant to the
SEA directive. The Danish NECP is a generic and strategic plan, for which the criteria of the
SEA directive does not comply. The Danish NECP reports on adopted and planned energy
and climate objectives, policies and measures. Hence, the plan provides a holistic overview
of Danish energy and climate politics but the reported objectives, policies and measures are
founded on other agreements, e.g. the Energy Agreement from 2018 and A fair direction
for Denmark from June 2019. The plan in itself does therefore not set the framework for
future development, as these are set in other agreements, plans and programmes.
However, future concrete plans which set the framework for future development and
where land use is concerned and affected will be subject to a strategic environmental
assessment.
(iv) Consultations with other Member States
Cooperation, coordination and general dialogue is taking place with the Nordic countries
via the Nordic Council of Ministers. An ad hoc networking group has been established with
participation of the NECP coordinators in the Nordic Countries. This networking group has
met to discuss issues of common interest and to share knowledge.
Moreover, consultations with other member states have been conducted through different
events and conferences. Denmark participated in the consultation of the Dutch National
Energy and Climate Plan on 25 September 2019. Furthermore, the National Energy and
Climate Plans were discussed at a Nordic energy seminar on 1 October 2019 in Island.
De a k also pa ti ipated ith a p ese tatio a d i a pa el dis ussio o NECP s at the
Nordic-Baltic Energy Conference in Tallinn on 24-25 October 2019. These events have
served as a platform to exchange information and to enhance cooperation.
18
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0019.png
I additio , o
No e e
De a k s NECP as se t fo o sultatio to the
countries of The North Seas Energy Cooperation (Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg,
France, Germany, UK, Ireland, Norway and Sweden) and the Nordic countries. Denmark did
not receive any comments.
(v) Iterative process with the European Commission
Dialogue with the European Commission has taken place within the structure of the
Technical Working Group on the National Energy and Climate Plans. Moreover, Denmark
has held bilateral meetings with the European Commission.
19
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0020.png
1.4 Regional cooperation in preparing the plan
(i) Elements subject to joint or coordinated planning with other Member States
North Seas Energy Cooperation
Denmark is part of the wider North Seas region, which has a large renewable energy
potential. The European Commission has estimated that offshore wind from the North Seas
can cover up to 12 % of the electric power consumption in the EU by 2030.
Offshore wind generation and grid infrastructure projects may have cross-border effects on
energy prices, security of supply and the environment, including availability of marine space
as well as the pace of innovation. The North Seas countries therefore have great benefits to
gain from cooperation.
The North Seas Energy Cooperation (NSEC) is a voluntary, bottom up, market-oriented,
regional cooperation initiative established in 2016, which seeks to create synergies and to
avoid incompatibilities between national policies and to share knowledge on international
best practices and foster joint strategies where possible and beneficial. The aim is to
coordinate and facilitate further cost-effective deployment of offshore renewable energy,
in particular wind, ensuring a sustainable, secure and affordable energy supply in the North
Seas countries through increased and better coordinated offshore wind deployment as well
as potential joint projects or cluster projects. The NSEC focuses on a step-by-step approach
with the perspective of further integration and increased efficiency of wholesale electricity
markets in the longer term, while contributing to a reduction of greenhouse gas emissions,
in average wholesale price spreads and enhancing security supply in the region.
The North Seas Energy Cooperation consists of 10 countries with participation from the
European Commission: Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, France, Germany, UK,
Ireland, Norway, Sweden and Denmark.
Regional cooperation
As regards to preparing this plan, Denmark made use of the NSEC, in which experts in the
support groups shared information and experiences on specific aspects, for example on
barriers and best practices of national offshore wind development and in particular on
aggregation of national renewable energy trajectories for offshore wind until 2030 and
market integration.
Denmark furthermore consulted on its National Energy and Climate Plan in the area of
planned offshore wind deployment until 2030 and related grid planning aspects with the
other North Seas countries.
The support groups under the cooperation focus on the following subjects:
Support group 1: Maritime Spatial Planning and environmental assessment
Support group 2: Development and regulation of offshore grids and other offshore
infrastructure
Support group 3: Support framework and finance for offshore wind projects
Support group 4: Standards, technical rules and regulations in the offshore wind sector
20
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0021.png
Maritime Spatial Planning and environmental assessment
Within the North Seas Energy Cooperation, Denmark contribute to the work on establishing
common environmental impact assessment methodology. In order to reach our energy and
climate targets within the EU, there is a need to better understand the possible ecological
limits of large scale wind development in the North Seas. Further work is needed on
maritime spatial planning and environmental assessment to be able to utilise the potential
of the North Seas. To increase knowledge and support the deployment of offshore wind in
the North Seas, the North Seas countries will continue to cooperate closely on maritime
spatial planning, environmental research, cumulative impact assessment of wind farms
between responsible authorities for energy, maritime spatial planning and environment.
Offshore Grids and other Offshore Infrastructure
The NSEC serves as a platform to jointly work on concepts for potential joint wind offshore
projects and for coordinated electricity infrastructure including transmission infrastructure.
Denmark works together with the other North Seas Energy Cooperation countries on the
possibilities for concrete cooperation projects. Besides joint offshore wind projects that
would be connected to and supported by several Member States, this includes the work on
possible 'hybrid' solutions that would use cross-border solutions for connecting offshore
wind farms to the grid and seek synergies with interconnection capacity between countries,
and on the corresponding market arrangements.
Denmark is therefore contributing to the development of possibilities for cooperation on
hybrid projects and identifying and addressing possible legal, regulatory and commercial
barriers. By coordinating on increased interconnection among the countries in the NSEC, an
increasing amount of excess production of energy could flow across borders to meet
demand in a well-functioning internal energy market.
The NSEC has identified a list of potential areas and projects in the region, where joint
projects could be particularly beneficial. These include: (1) IJmuiden Ver offshore wind farm
to UK, (2) CGS IJmuiden Ver
Norfolk, (3) COBRA Cable, (4) DE offshore wind farm
connected to NL and (5) North Seas Wind Power Hub.
The NSEC is working on developing concrete concepts for the implementation of selected
projects from the above list.
The NSEC will continue to work on the actions plans for the specific hybrid projects which
can also be taken further at a national and regional level. Furthermore, the cooperation will
continue to work as a forum to reflect on how to deal with the uncertainties about the
regulatory treatment of hybrid projects at EU and national level and as a forum to discuss
options for addressing these issues.
Support Framework and Finance of Offshore Wind Projects
As regards to measures, Denmark benefits from the NSEC in several ways. The work in the
NSEC provides a platform for exchange of best practice regarding the design of support
schemes and to develop and work on new concepts tackling new challenges concerning
21
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0022.png
support for offshore wind as well as to develop possible options for future joint offshore
wind projects.
Denmark works in the NSEC to coordinate the timing of tenders, to exchange best practices
on the design for offshore wind support schemes and to identify, where possible, common
principles as well as possible options for alignment of support.
As regards to coordination of tenders, Denmark regularly shares information regarding its
national tender schedule with the other NSEC countries with the aim of identifying possible
overlaps in time and enabling the most continuous tender pipeline across the North Seas
region to ensure that tender processes maximize competition and deliver most value for
money to consumers. Denmark is ready to take into account, amongst other criteria and
where possible, this overview of tender schedules in its future tender planning to avoid
unnecessary bottlenecks and to provide a steady capacity pipeline to involved stakeholders
without stop and go cycles.
Denmark shares and discusses in the NSEC the estimated national offshore renewable
trajectory, information on its national offshore deployment plans and best practices in the
design of offshore wind tenders.
At the Ministerial meeting in Esbjerg on the 20th of June 2019, North Seas countries agreed
to work together to achieve an indicative aggregated installed offshore wind capacity of
Member States of the NSEC of at least 70 GW by 2030 based on national planning. The
indicative contribution of Denmark to this aggregate capacity in 2030 is approximately 5
GW considering only already concluded political agreements (see also section 2.1.2).
In order to reflect the dynamics of offshore wind deployment in the region, this aggregate
planned capacity of at least 70 GW for 2030 can be translated into an overall trajectory with
indicative milestones for the region of approximately 25 GW in 2020 and 54 GW in 2025.
In the NSEC, Denmark also contributes to the work of analysing and developing options for
further mobilisation of investment capital for joint projects, for instance through EU funds
such as European Fund for Strategic Investments (EFSI) and Connecting Europe Facility
(CEF) as well as institutional investors. Such future joint projects could be cross-border
projects for renewable energy in accordance with the CEF proposal.
Harmonisation of rules, regulation and technical standards
The North Seas Energy Cooperation is working on aligning standards and technical
requirements that could contribute to further reducing costs of offshore wind deployment.
The focus is on aligning rules, regulation and technical standards within five identified
areas. These include: (1) Aviation, marking and lights, (2) Health and safety, (3) Certification
of regulatory requirements, (4) Park layout and site investigation and (5) Approaches to
research. The NSEC works to develop proposals and recommendations for implementation
in close cooperation with industry. The aim of those recommendations is to achieve cost
reductions whilst at the same time be achievable. The cooperation will continue to work on
aligning standards and technical requirements as well as exchange of best practices to
reduce unnecessary regulation and costs for the industry.
22
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0023.png
The current mandate for the North Seas Energy Cooperation will expire at the end of 2019.
As presidency, Denmark is working on securing a prolongation with a new working
programme, which tackles the increasing focus on reaching net-zero greenhouse gas
emission by 2050 and the indispensable role that offshore renewables in the North Sea
plays in reaching this goal. The new working programme will intensify the focus on
maritime spatial planning, establishing the necessary transmission grids to connect off-
shore wind to consumers and businesses, and the need for further cooperation in
identifying and developing hybrid projects. It has already been decided to establish tree ad
hoc working groups to intensify analytical work on how to make progress on three hybrid
projects. Moreover, the cooperation will increase its level of ambition by securing a
governance structure, where issues can and must quickly be raised on a political level and
thereby securing the necessary progress.
Nordic Council of Ministers
Denmark is a member of the Nordic Council of Ministers, which is the official body for inter-
governmental co-operation in the Nordic Region. This cooperation covers both climate and
energy with separate Ministerial meetings, committees, and technical working groups.
The Nordic Prime Ministers have agreed on a new vision for the Nordic cooperation, which
entails an increasing focus on the green transition of the Nordic region in order to support
the No di ou t ies a itious li ate ta gets. As a o se ue e of this e isio the
already well establish cooperation on both climate and energy matters will be intensified
even more in the years to come, and a larger part of the budget in the Nordic cooperation
will allocated to these areas.
In 2020 Denmark will hold the rotating presidency for the Nordic Council of Ministers. As
the first presidency to implement the new vision of the Nordic cooperation Denmark will
initiate new projects in the field of energy and climate. Priority areas will be
decarbonisation of the transport sector, Nordic cooperation in global fight against climate
change, the Nordic electricity market, and Power-to-X.
Nordic climate cooperation
The Nordic cooperation on climate focuses on projects related to reduce greenhouse gas
emissions and reaching climate neutrality in the Nordic countries.
There is a Nordic working group for Climate and Air that will contribute to the
implementation of the Programme for Nordic Co-operation on the Environment and
Climate 2019-2024. The mandate of the group is to help reduce greenhouse gas emissions
and air pollution and to seek synergies between initiatives related to climate and air.
During the Danish presidency in 2020, Denmark will launch a project that aims to contribute
to the decarbonisation of the transport sector with a primary focus on more sustainable
aviation.
Nordic energy cooperation
The Nordic cooperation on energy focuses on the Nordic electricity market, renewable
energy, energy efficiency, and many other energy related matters. At their meeting in 2019
23
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0024.png
the Nordic energy ministers decided on a new vision for the Nordic electricity market
cooperation. This entails that by 2030 the Nordic countries aim to have the most
competitive, innovative and consumer-oriented electricity market which contributes to
reaching the ambitious Nordic climate targets.
As a new initiative, a new ad hoc working group on national energy and climate plans has
been established. The mandate of the group is to provide a forum for cooperation on the
NECP s, a d to dis uss issues of o
o i te est a d sha e k o ledge. This
group
functions as a contact point for regional consultation of the Danish NECP.
The Nordic Council of Ministers cooperates closely with the Baltic countries. The Baltic
countries are therefore involved with a broad range of projects and initiatives in the Nordic
cooperation including e.g. a new ad hoc working group on CCS/CCUS. The Nordic and Baltic
countries also organise joint events on current energy issues of common interest. A Nordic-
Balti o fe e e i the fall of
ill fo us o the NECP s, a
d thus provides a platform
for exchange of views and sharing of knowledge between the Nordic and Baltic countries on
their plans.
Nordic energy research cooperation
Nordic Energy Research is an institution under the Nordic Council of Ministers, which
functions as a platform for cooperative energy research and policy development. As a new
initiative Nordic Energy Research has undertaken a close dialogue with the Nordic
ou t ies atio al esea h ou ils i o de to ide tif e a eas of i te est fo
energy
research in the Nordic region. Close cooperation between the Nordic countries on energy
research will thus continue in the years to come.
(ii) Explanation of how regional cooperation is considered in the plan
As explained in the previous section Denmark benefits from regional cooperation in several
ways. The NSEC provides an important forum for cooperation on offshore wind, while the
Nordic Cooperation has a much broader scope.
24
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0025.png
2. NATIONAL OBJECTIVES AND TARGETS
2.1 Dimension Decarbonisation
2.1.1 GHG emissions and removals
(i) The elements set out in point (a)(1) of Article 4: (i) The Member State's
binding national target for greenhouse gas emissions and the annual binding
national limits pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2018/842
1
; (ii) The Member
State’s
commitments pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2018/841
2
; (iii) Where applicable to
meet the objectives and targets of the Energy Union and the long-term Union
greenhouse gas emissions commitments consistent with the Paris Agreement,
other objectives and targets, including sector targets and adaptation goals.
In October 2014 the European Council agreed on the 2030 climate and energy framework
on objectives regarding greenhouse gas emissions, energy efficiency, renewable energy and
interconnections. On greenhouse gas emissions the EU endorses a binding EU target of
reducing greenhouse gas emissions by at least 40 % by 2030, compared to 1990.
The agreement on the 2030 framework, specifically the EU domestic greenhouse gas
reduction target of at least 40 %, formed the basis of the EU's contribution to the Paris
Ag ee e t. The EU s so-called
Intended Nationally Determined Contribution (INDC) was
formally approved at an Environment Council meeting in March 2015. The 40 % reduction
target is sub-divided into two separate targets for the EU Emission Trade System (ETS) and
non-EU ETS sectors elaborated below.
In May 2018 the European Council adopted a regulation on the EU effort sharing of
greenhouse gas emission reductions in the non-ETS sectors in the period 2021-2030
the
so-called Effort Sharing Regulation (ESR). Under this regulation Denmark is committed to a
39 % reduction of greenhouse gas in non-ETS emissions in the period 2021-2030 by 2030
relative to 2005.
Under the Effort Sharing Regulation flexibilities mechanisms ensuring cost-effective
reductions include borrowing, banking and transfer of annual emission allowances between
years and between member states (cf. Article 5), cancellation of EU ETS Allowances instead
in practice meaning that reductions are made under EU ETS instead of under ESR (cf.
Article 6) and use of credits from LULUCF (cf. Article 7). Further details on the commitments
under the ESR regulation are included below.
In May 2018 the European Council also adopted a regulation of emissions by sources and
removals by sinks in the land sector
– the LULUCF egulatio , he e LULUCF is La d-Use,
Land-Use
Cha ge a d Fo est . C edits o tai ed u de this egulatio a e used to
reach the target for the non-ETS sector in accordance with the ESR up to a certain limit. The
limit for Denmark is 14.6 million CO
2
-equivalent credits from LULUCF during the period
1
2
Effort sharing regulation, 2018/842
https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018R0842&from=EN
LULUCF, 2018/841
https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018R0841&from=EN
25
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0026.png
2021-2030. Further details on the commitments under the LULUCF regulation are included
below.
The EU is committed to reducing its ETS emissions by 43 % in 2030 from 2005 to achieve
the total greenhouse gas emissions reduction of 40 % below 1990 levels by 2030.The EU
has also set itself the target of increasing the share of renewables in energy use to 32 % by
2030.
In June 2018 all parties of the Parliament agreed on a Danish Energy Agreement with
funding that will set the path towards a 55 % renewables share in 2030 in Denmark. The
Energy Agreement of June 2018 furthermore specifies that given the allocated funding
renewables are to cover all final electricity consumption or more by 2030 The agreement
also includes a phase out of coal in electricity production by 2030.
Co siste
ith De a k s lo g-te lo e issio st ateg is e su ed as De a k s
targets under the ESR regulation and the LULUCF Regulation are to be seen as steps in
2021-2030 towards the objective to work towards net zero emissions in accordance with
the Paris agreement and for a net-zero-emission target in the EU and Denmark by 2050 at
the latest.
Effort Sharing Regulation (ESR)
I ega ds to De a o isatio , a d ith espe t to g ee house gas e issio s a d
removals as well as contributing to the achievement of the economy wide EU greenhouse
gas e issio s ta get of
, De a k s i di g atio al ta get fo g ee house gas
emissions and annual binding national limits pursuant to Regulation ESR are as follows:
2030:
Li it De a k s o
-ETS greenhouse gas emissions in 2030 at least by 39 percent
elati e to De a k s e issio s i
dete i ed pu sua t to pa ag aph of Regulation
3
ESR .
2021-2029:
E su e that De a k s o
-ETS greenhouse gas emissions in each year
between 2021 and 2029 do not exceed a specific linear trajectory.
LULUCF Regulation
As regards the dimension "Decarbonisation", and with respect to greenhouse gas emissions
and removals and with a view to contributing to the achievement of the economy wide EU
g ee house gas e issio s edu tio ta get i
, De a k s o
it e ts pu sua t to
LULUCF Regulation are as follows:
2021-2030:
Account for emissions and removals from land use, land use change and
forestry ('LULUCF')
4
during the periods from 2021 to 2025 and from 2026 to 2030 occurring
Taki g i to a ou t the fle i ilities p o ided fo i A ti les , a d of Regulatio
/
[ESR] f. the egulatio s Article
9 on compliance check (see footnote 5).
4
MMR: Regulation(EU) No 525/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on a mechanism for
monitoring and reporting greenhouse gas emissions and for reporting other information at national and Union level relevant
to climate change and repealing Decision No 280/2004/EC (https://eur-
lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2013:165:0013:0040:EN:PDF)
3
26
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0027.png
in the following land accounting categories on the EU territory of Denmark: afforested land,
deforested land, managed cropland, managed grassland and managed forest land and as of
2026 also managed wetlands.
5
2021-2025 and 2026-2030:
Denmark will ensure that emissions do not exceed removals
under the accounting rules, calculated as the sum of total emissions and removals on
De a k s EU te ito i the la d a ou ti g atego ies e tio ed a o e o i ed a d
as accounted in accordance with the LULUCF Regulation.
(ii) Where applicable, other national objectives and targets consistent with the
Paris Agreement and the existing long-term strategies. Where applicable for the
contribution to the overall Union commitment of reducing the GHG emissions,
other objectives and targets, including sector targets and adaptation goals, if
available
The Government
s
objective for 2030 is to reduce greenhouse gases by 70%, relative to
1990 levels and the long-term objective for Denmark is to obtain net-zero emissions no
later than 2050.
On December 6, 2019 the Government reached an agreement on a new Climate Act with 8
out of the 10 parties in the Danish Parliament. The agreement includes the following key
elements
6
:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
the Climate Act is legally binding,
a target to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 70 percent by 2030 compared to the
1990 level,
commitment to reach net zero emissions by 2050 at the latest,
a mechanism for setting milestone targets every five year with a ten-year perspective,
du i g the Go e
e t s fo th o i g Cli ate A tio Pla i
, a i di ati e
milestone target will be set for 2025,
the milestone targets will be implemented into Danish law,
emissions are calculated in accordance with the UN greenhouse gas inventory rules,
the Government will develop annual Climate Programmes that will outline concrete
policies to reduce emissions,
a strengthening of the Danish Council on Climate Change (Klimarådet) with tasks such
as:
5
Affo
ested la d : la d use epo ted as opla d, g assla d, etla ds, settle e ts, a d other
land converted to forest land.
Defo
ested la d : la d use epo ted as fo est la d o e ted to opla d, g assla d, etla
ds, settlements, and other
land.
Ma aged opla d : la d use epo ted as:
cropland remaining cropland, grassland, wetland, settlement, other land
converted to cropland, and cropland converted to wetland, settlement and other land. Ma
aged g assla d : la d use
reported as: grassland remaining grassland, cropland, wetland, settlement and other land, converted to grassland, and
grassland converted to wetland, settlement and other land. Ma
aged fo est la d : la d use epo ted as fo est la d
remaining forest land. Ma
aged etla d : land
use reported as: wetland remaining wetland, settlement, other land
converted to wetland, and wetland converted to settlement and other land.
6
For more information on the agreement on the Climate Act see:
https://kefm.dk/media/12965/aftale-om-klimalov-af-6-
december-2019.pdf
27
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0028.png
-
-
-
-
presentation of professional assessments of whether the initiatives in the
Go e
e t s Cli ate P og a
e is suffi ie t to edu e e issio s
o
recommendations on climate initiatives,
o
dou li g of the ou il s a ual udget
7
,
o
more experts are added to the council,
o
the ou il s politi al i depe de e is st e gthe ed as is a o ele t its o
chairperson and members,
a new climate dialogue forum in relation to the Council on Climate Change with
representatives from business organisations, think thanks, green organisations,
o ke s
organisations and ministries,
sepa ate epo t o De a k s i pa t o i te atio al e issio s, i ludi g those
pertaining to international shipping and aviation. Furthermore, reductions from
ele t i it p odu ed f o e e a le sou es a d the effe ts of De a k s ilate al
energy cooperation can be included in the separate report. Finally, the separate report
will shed light on the impacts of consumption,
formulation of a yearly global climate strategy to ensure that Denmark keeps on its
ambitious work at the global scene.
a itize s i itiati e i elatio to the Go e
e t s fo th o i g Cli ate A tio Pla i
2020.
o
The Climate Act is expected to be adopted by the Parliament in spring 2020.
Moreover, on 2 December 2019 the Government reached agreement with the Red-Green
Allia e, the So ial Li e al Pa t , the So ialist People s Pa t a d the Alte ati e o the
Finance Act 2020. With the Finance Act the parties agreed to implement a range of
initiatives which will strengthen the effort for a better environment, create more nature
and which is expected to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by approximately 0.5 million ton
CO2- equivalents in the year 2030 on national level
8
.
The Government has furthermore taken steps to ensure that climate, environment and
nature will be considered across all relevant policy areas. A permanent government
committee on green transition has been established to ensure that effects on climate,
environment and nature is taken into account in government proposals and bills.
Moreover,
De a k has esta lished a positio a o g the o ld s elite i e e a le e e g
through decades of committed efforts. With the Energy Agreement from June 2018 the
parties have allocated funding that sets a course towards an RE (renewable energy) share
of approximately 55% by 2030. The agreement will also give Denmark an RE share in
7
As part of the agreement on the Finance Act 2020, 10m in 2020 and 15m annually in the period 2021-2023 was allocated to
the strengthening of the Council on Climate Change.
8
See the agreement on the Finance Act here:
https://www.fm.dk/nyheder/pressemeddelelser/2019/12/finanslovsaftale-
prioriterer-velfaerd-og-et-mere-groent-danmark
28
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0029.png
electricity above 100% of consumption, while ensuring that at least 90% of district heating
consumption is based on energy sources other than coal, oil or gas by 2030.
The Government (the Social Democrats) with the Red-Green Alliance, the Social Liberal
Pa t a d the So ialist People s Pa t ha e i the politi al u de sta di g et ee the pa ties
A fai di e tio fo De a k set the follo i g li ate a d e e g ele a t o je ti es:
Introduce binding targets.
During the first parliamentary year, the Government
will present a proposal for a climate act with binding sub-targets and binding long-
term targets, including:
o
A goal to reduce greenhouse gases by 70% by 2030, relative to 1990 levels.
This is a very ambitious goal, and it will be particularly difficult to realise the
last part of the goal, i.e. from 65% to 70%. This will require currently unknown
methods and, therefore, also a close collaboration with the Danish Council on
Climate Change and other experts.
o
That the Danish Council on Climate Change assists a the Government in making
decisions on reduction targets and methods which ensure that Denmark
complies with the Paris Accord temperature targets.
o
That an annual follow-up target assessment is performed, and that this follow-
up is linked to the national budget process.
9
Transport sector transition.
As part of a green mobility plan, a wide range of
initiatives are required to ensure a significant increase in the number of electric
vehicles on the roads and the required transport sector transition:
o
A stop to sales of all new diesel and petrol cars as of 2030 and enhanced low
emissions zones.
o
It will be investigated whether the Commission for Green Transition of
passenger cars can advance its work so that the final report is available before
the end of 2020. As soon as possible thereafter, a political agreement must be
reached to provide a sense of security to the industry and car owners and to
ensure that the green transition can be undisturbed.
o
The Government will negotiate an infrastructure agreement, which will
consider climate and environmental issues to a much higher degree. This
requires investments in public transportation and cycling, among other things.
o
Implementing initiatives to ensure more sustainable aviation.
10
Secure climate contributions from agriculture.
Agricultural support shall be used as
an active tool to provide farmers the incentive to transition to a more sustainable
production and thereby supporting the green transition of the industry. The
Government has decided to implement a pilot scheme for multifunctional land
distribution which will contribute with experience and knowledge for a major land
9
10
Cf. above as a follow-up on the political understanding an agreement on the climate act was reached on 6 December 2019.
For more information on new initiatives on transport see section 3.1.3(iii).
29
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0030.png
reform. It is important that it is designed in a way that contributes to solving
multiple challenges at the same time and engages stakeholders.
11
Adopt a climate action plan.
The climate act will be followed by a climate action
plan, which will contribute to ensuring that national reduction targets are met. In
addition to describing which initiatives, cf. above, will be required for the transport
industry and agriculture, the action plan will also include the following elements:
1) Energy efficiency measures, including energy saving requirements for
public sector buildings;
2) a national strategy for sustainable construction;
3) a unified strategy for electrification of the transport sector, industry and
society in general;
4) increased funding for green research and demonstration programmes;
5) investigating the potential for Denmark to prepare a common strategy with
the North Sea nations for a significant expansion and exploitation of the
offshore wind potential;
6) investigating the potential for Denmark to construct the first energy island
by 2030, with a minimum of 10 GW connected
12
;
7) support afforestation
13
;
8) climate adaptation, including stronger coordination of coast protection
efforts.
Assume the responsibility for more ambitious targets in the EU and enhance
green diplomacy.
EU started off as a coal and steel union. The Danish Government
will propose the objective that a future EU will be a climate union. This means,
among other things, that Denmark will be working towards increasing the EU
climate targets in 2030, that the EU will be climate neutral by 2050 and that the
future EU budget will focus more on climate. Denmark will also, together with
other ambitious nations, push for an expansion of sustainable energy in the EU so
that the EU becomes self-reliant in terms of energy. The Government will also
st e gthe g ee diplo a , the e i easi g De a k s i te atio al
commitment. The Government will implement a new development policy strategy
with climate assistance as a central element.
14
Create greater biodiversity and more woodlands.
There is a need for more
untouched woodlands and more cohesive nature areas where nature is allowed to
spread out on more natural terms than is currently the case. A biodiversity package
will improve conditions for biodiversity in Denmark. The plan will include clear
targets for the proportion of the area of Denmark to be laid out as nature zones
For more information on new initiatives related to agriculture see section 3.1.1(i).
For more information see section 3.1.2(i).
13
For more information see section 3.1.1(i).
14
For more information see section 3.5(i).
12
11
30
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0031.png
(including untouched woodlands and national nature parks) as well as specific
initiatives to ensure that targets are reached.
Strengthen green calculation models.
Climate and green transition considerations
shall e i teg ated i the Mi ist of Fi a e s al ulatio
odels, a d the effo
t to
develop greener calculation models will be secured and enhanced. A dialogue will
be entered into with Statistics Denmark about strengthening the effort to produce
green national accounts and GDP.
Increase organic foods targets and strengthen initiatives against food waste.
The
Government will increase the ambitions for more organic foods in Denmark,
starting with an aim to double organic farming acreage, the export of organic foods
and the consumption of organic foods by Danes by 2030, and to implement
initiatives to reduce food waste.
Include stakeholders.
With the pu pose of ualif i g a d a ho i g De a k s
green efforts, the Government will include stakeholders in the work on an on-going
basis, including independent experts, popular movements and interest
organisations. This will be the case, e.g., for areas such as promoting a strategy for
circular economy, transitioning to a more energy-efficient society, smarter waste
sorting and transitioning public sector procurements so that they support the green
t a sitio to a highe deg ee.
De ark’s adaptatio o je tives/goals, strategies a d i itiatives
As described in the previous section the climate action plan will include climate adaptation,
including stronger coordination of coast protection efforts.
Moreover, updated information on adaptation in Denmark was reported to the
Commission/EEA in March 2019 in accordance with the Monitoring Mechanism.
The follo i g i fo atio o De
initiatives were included:
a k s adaptatio o je ti es/goals, st ategies a d
I De a k, the Natio al Adaptatio St ateg NAS as adopted i Ma h
.
Following a new government in 2011, a National Adaptation Plan (NAP) was adopted in
2012. The Action Plan for a Climate-Proof Denmark was launched in December 2012 and is
the first NAP in Denmark. The NAP is based on the notion that a responsible climate policy
must do more than just work to address climate change in the long term, it must also
ensure necessary action is taken now to adapt our society to a climate that is already
changing, and that all parts of society contribute to climate adaptation.
Dealing with the climate challenge requires collaboration between authorities,
organisations, private enterprises and individuals, regardless of whether the project is
maintenance of existing roads, coastal protection, construction, or investments in new
infrastructure. The Government itself has a responsibility as the owner of infrastructure,
buildings and land. However, the principal role for the Government is to establish an
appropriate framework for local climate adaptation by, for example, adapting laws and
31
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0032.png
regulations, but also by ensuring coordination and providing information. The Government
requested all municipalities to develop their own adaptation action plans within two years.
A solid framework for the efforts must support the specific parties involved, so that they
can address the challenge in a socio-economically appropriate manner at the right time.
In the NAP, the Government commits to creating the basis for continued technological and
knowledge development, so that Denmark will have a strong position on the global market
for climate adaptation. The NAP presents 64 new initiatives within five general areas of
initiative: an improved framework for climate adaptation; more consultation and a new
knowledge base; strengthened collaboration and coordination; green transition; and
international climate adaptation. A few national sectors, such as transport, roads and
coastal protection, have dedicated adaptation plans. In 2017, the Danish government
decided to carry out a number of initiatives to support municipalities and property owners
in establishing cost-effective and holistically planned flood and erosion protection. A cross-
ministerial committee was set up and 15 new initiatives were decided (Denmark's 7th NCC,
p. 297).
In 2017 a new national mobile team with a focus of flooding and erosion was established by
the Ministry of Environment and Food (MEF) to help share knowledge, best practices and
enhance cooperation, primarily with municipalities. In 2018 an amendment to the Planning
Act was adopted so that all municipalities know how to identify areas at risk of flooding and
erosion and ensure remediation measures in their municipal plans. The amendment was in
January 2019 followed by national guidelines and examples on how and what data to use in
local-government spatial planning. The Danish Coastal Authority, under the Ministry of
Environment and Food of Denmark, is responsible for the implementation of the Floods
Directive in Denmark. Under this mandate, the Danish Coastal Authority has reviewed and
updated the preliminary flood risk assessment together with an adjustment of identified
areas of potential significant flood risks. The adjustment of identified areas of potential
significant flood risk has resulted in the confirmation of the 10 areas appointed back in
2011 and the appointment of 4 new flood prone areas in 2018. Municipalities in the flood
risk areas will be instructed to evaluate and prepare flood risk management plans.
Adaptation strategies have not been adopted at the subnational level but all municipalities
have adopted local adaptation action plans in line with the national adaptation plan (NAP).
Although not a formal responsibility or obligation, four of five regions have incorporated
adaptation into their regional climate strategies: South Denmark, North Jutland, Region
Zeala d a d the Capital Regio . Ce t al De a k Regio leads the EU fu ded p oje t Coast
to Coast Cli ate Challe ge , hi h has a goal of fo ulati g a d i ple e ti g a
coordinated adaptation strategy for the region between 2017 and
.
Climate Atlas
The Danish Meterological Institute (DMI) has developed a nationwide Climate Atlas based
on own data and data from IPCC. Data are free and available on DMI's website.
The Climate Atlas provides an indication of areas with particular risk of storm surge and
cloudburst, and thus the risk of flooding in Denmark in the future. This tool gives the
32
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0033.png
climate data so municipalities can take the necessary precautions and guard citizens,
infrastructure and buildings against the expected extreme weather in the future.
In Denmark, the municipalities are responsible for climate adaptation - for example, to
build dikes or secure exposed areas from cloudbursts. The Climate Atlas is therefore
developed in a collaboration with the municipalities and other relevant collaborators
working on climate adaptation.
Data in the Climate Atlas describe the future Danish climate in the beginning, middle and
end of the century. Initially there is data about future temperature, rainfall, extreme
rainfall, sea level and storm surge both at national and municipal levels - down to a 1 km
grid map. Further data are added towards 2021 for other relevant climate indicators such
as wind, evaporation and growth season.
Towards a circular economy
In a circular economy, the purpose is to minimize the generation of waste, while products,
materials and resources are kept in circulation for as long as possible. Prevention and
recycling of more waste reduces waste treatment in e.g. incinerators and can reduce the
greenhouse gas emissions from heat production if heat is produced from carbon neutral
sources instead. Furthermore, CO2 emissions from the extraction of raw materials and
production of new products will also be reduced.
In 2015, the European Commission adopted an ambitious new circular economy action
plan. The action plan was followed by revisions of the waste framework directive and five
related waste directives, which were adopted in 2018. The revised directives set new and
more ambitious targets for recycling of waste, which will incur reductions in greenhouse
gas emissions from use of recycled materials instead of virgin materials and from waste
management processes. The directives include a target of 70 % recycling of packaging
waste by 2030, 65 % recycling of municipal waste by 2035 and a number of material specific
targets. With the revised directives the method for measuring recycling has changed from
olle ted fo e li g to fi al e li g .
Denmark has ambitious policies for waste prevention and management. In 2018 a circular
economy strategy was launched focusing on supporting the transition towards more
circular production. The circular economy strategy was followed by a plastics action plan
later that year. The plastics action plan focused on waste prevention and increased
recycling. Denmark will further implement measures to promote the transition to a circular
economy and fulfillment of the new EU targets in the coming national plan for waste
prevention and management, which will be released in 2020.
In March 2019 a new think tank on prevention of food loss and food waste was established
in Denmark
supported by the Danish Government. The think tank brings together
research institutions, public authorities, companies and organisations to ensure
collaboration across the entire food product chain and to to advance efforts to achieve SDG
. : B
, hal e pe apita glo al food aste at the etail a d o su e le els a d
reduce food losses along production and supply chains, including post-ha
est losses
.
33
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0034.png
The Government is also planning on adapting a climate action plan. Furthermore, as part of
the Finance Act 2020 the Government, the Red-Green Alliance, the Social Liberal Party, the
So ialist People s Pa t a d the Alte ati e,
agreed to increase taxes on disposable
tableware and shopping bags to reduce the waste amount from these single-use products.
34
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0035.png
2.1.2 Renewable energy
(i) The elements set out in point (a)(2) of Article 4
15
The new Government formed in June 2019 has set a very ambitious national target of
reducing greenhouse gas emissions by 70 % in 2030 compared to 1990 levels. The
Government will adapt climate action plans, which will contribute to ensuring that national
reduction targets are met. The climate action plans will include new measures that will
further accelerate the renewable transition in the energy and transport sectors.
Mo eo e , De a k has esta lished a positio a o g the o ld s elite i e e a le e e g
through decades of committed efforts. Back in 2012 the political Energy Agreement
concluded by a broad majority in Parliament defined the initiatives covering crucial energy
policy areas for the period until 2020. Also, the parties to the 2012 Energy Agreement
agreed by 2018 to commence discussions on additional initiatives for the period after 2020,
which was done with the Energy Agreement from June 2018. The 2018 Energy Agreement
sets out the policies and trajectories on renewable energies for the coming years. With the
agreement, the Parliament has allocated funding that sets a path towards a renewables
share of total energy consumption of approximately 55 % in 2030.
Renewable energy sources are promoted with economic measures, including e.g. taxes on
use of energy, CO2 taxes on fossil fuels and through the Public Service Obligation Scheme
(PSO), which is a levy on electricity paid by all consumers. The PSO levy is now being phased
out during a period of 5 years (2017-2021), and the financing of subsidies to renewables
will gradually shift to the State Budget.
In September 2017, the government and a majority in Parliament reached a political
agreement on tenders in 2018 and 2019 allowing photovoltaic panels and wind turbines to
compete to deliver the largest amount of green power to the consumers. The amount of
subsidized renewable energy resulting from the tenders, will depend on the size of the bids
in the tenders. The 2018-tender was completed in December 2018 and will increase annual
With a view to achieving the Union's binding target of at least 32 % renewable energy in 2030 as referred to in Article 3 of
the Renewables Directive, a contribution to that target in terms of the Member State's share of energy from renewable
sources in gross final consumption of energy in 2030, with an indicative trajectory for that contribution from 2021 onwards.
By 2022, the indicative trajectory shall reach a reference point of at least 18 % of the total increase in the share of energy
from renewable sources between that Member State's binding 2020 national target, and its contribution to the 2030 target.
By 2025, the indicative trajectory shall reach a reference point of at least 43 % of the total increase in the share of energy
from renewable sources between that Member State's binding 2020 national target and its contribution to the 2030 target. By
2027, the indicative trajectory shall reach a reference point of at least 65 % of the total increase in the share of energy from
renewable sources between that Member State's binding 2020 national target and its contribution to the 2030 target. By
2030, the indicative trajectory shall reach at least the Member State's planned contribution. If a Member State expects to
surpass its binding 2020 national target, its indicative trajectory may start at the level it is projected to achieve. The Member
States' indicative trajectories, taken together, shall add up to the Union reference points in 2022, 2025 and 2027 and to the
Union's binding target of at least 32 % renewable energy in 2030. Separately from its contribution to the Union target and its
indicative trajectory for the purposes of this Regulation, a Member State shall be free to indicate higher ambitions for national
policy purposes.
15
35
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0036.png
production equivale
t to a out
consumption.
,
Da ish household s' a
ual ele t i it
In addition, it was agreed to allocate DKK 150 million for new test wind turbines to be
established inside the two national test centres for large wind turbines as well as subsidies
for 35 MW of new test wind turbines outside the national test centres in 2018 and 2019.
Wind power
In accordance with the energy policy agreement from February 2008, the 400 MW offshore
wind farm at the island of Anholt started operation in September 2013. The Energy
Agreement of 2012 includes an expectation of 500 MW additional onshore wind capacity
and 1350 MW of new capacity from offshore wind. In this respect the Danish Energy
Agency was responsible for tendering the new offshore capacity: The Horns Rev 3 tender of
400 MW in the North Sea with commercial operation in August 2019, the Kriegers Flak-
tender of 600 MW in the Baltic Sea with commercial operation in 2021 and the so-called
near shore tender of 350 MW
Vesterhav Nord and Syd - with expected commercial
operation in 2023. Also, as a part of the 2012 Energy Agreement, Denmark was responsible
for tendering a 28 MW offshore test project at Nissum Bredning. As a result, wind energy is
expected to cover about 50 % of Danish electricity consumption in 2020.
Biomass
In 2017, biomass accounted for approximately 64 % of renewable-energy production,
mostly in the form of straw, wood pellets, wood chip and biodegradable waste for
incineration. Import accounted for 45 % of the total consumption of bioenergy in
Denmark in 2017, mainly in the form of wood pellets (59 PJ), liquid biofuels (10 PJ) and
wood chips (7 PJ).
The energy production from biomass has more than doubled since 1990 - primarily due to
the policy agreement from 1993 (the Biomass Agreement: requires power plants to use 1.4
million tonnes of straw and wood, equivalent to almost 20 PJ per year) and the policy
agreement from February 2008 on the increased use of straw and chips at the large co-
generation plants (up to 700,000 tonnes in 2011). The conversion from fossil fuels
(primarily coal) to biomass at the large combined heat and power plants expanded after the
Energy Agreement in 2012 as a result of the improved incentives (see below) At the same
time, the consumption of biomass continues to rise as a source of energy for the supply of
heat in district-heating plants and in smaller installations for households, enterprises and
institutions. An analysis has been initiated in order to address the sustainability of the large
Danish consumption of biomass for energy purposes. The outcome of the analysis will serve
as input to the forthcoming climate action plan.
Heating and cooling
The share of renewables in the Danish heating sector including biomass and biodegradable
waste is currently approximately 54 %. This has largely been achieved without direct
support. The use of biomass for heat production, however, is exempted from energy and
CO
2
taxes. A large part of the biomass utilization for heat production takes place in large
scale combined heat and power generation at centralized plants converted from coal based
36
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0037.png
production. This has largely been the result of incentives for biomass conversions enacted
with the Energy policy agreement from 2012. These incentives allow for a larger share of
the combined operating costs to be carried by the district heating companies and
consequently the consumers, along with the aforementioned support schemes for biomass-
based electricity production in co-generation plants.
Biogas
Denmark has supported the production and use of biogas through a variety of financial
i e ti e s he es si e the
s. Due to ha ges i the i e ti e s he e i the late
sa di
, he it as politi all de ided that ele t i it ased o iogas ould
be granted a fixed feed-in tariff of 0.6 DKK/kWh the first 10 years, followed by 0.4
DKK/kWh the next 10 years, the production of biogas began to stagnate. As a result, the
incentive scheme was modified again in 2008 in order to increase biogas production by
making it financially more viable. All new and existing biogas plants would receive either a
feed-in tariff of 0.745 DKK/kWh electricity or a price premium of 0.405 DKK/kWh electricity.
In addition to that, it was decided to partially adjust for inflation each year. Although it was
expected that the increase in direct support would boost the production of biogas, actual
production remained fairly stagnant at roughly 4-5 PJ.
In 2012, the incentive scheme was adjusted once more, and two new price premiums were
introduced, both of which are still in place today. The first premium consisting of 0.26
DKK/kWh is pegged to the market price of natural gas and includes a floor price. If the
market price of natural gas drops below the floor price, the premium increases and vice
versa. In addition to that, the second premium introduced in 2012 grants each producer
another 0.10 DKK/kWh electricity, but is reduced by 0.02 DKK/kWh every year and phased
out by 2020. The changes to the incentive scheme implied that biogas upgraded to
biomethane and the use of biogas for industrial, transport- and heating purposes became
eligible for support.
Bioeconomy
Denmark supports the updated Bioeconomy Strategy launched by the European Comission
in 2018. Moreover, The Danish Government has formed a National Bioeconomy Panel
which gives advise to the Government on sustainable utilization of biomass resources to
fodder, food products, materials and energy purposes. Futhermore, with the agreement on
circular economy of 2018 funding has been allocated to conducting analyses of the
potential of a Danish bioeconomy strategy.
Policy frame post 2020
In 2020 Denmark expects to reach an overall renewables share of 41 %, according to
De a k s E e g a d Cli ate Outlook
DECO
16
. The individual shares for
electricity, district heating and transport are estimated to 77 %, 71 % and 9 % respectively.
The share of biomethane in the natural gas grid is expected to reach 14 % in 2020.
16
Based on the EU methodology
37
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0038.png
In June 2018 the Danish Parliament agreed on a policy framework for the energy policy
from 2020 to 2024. With the agreement, the Parliament has allocated funding that sets a
path towards a renewables share of total energy consumption of approximately 55 % in
2030. The agreement from June 2018 is expected to give Denmark a renewable share in
electricity above 100 % of consumption, while ensuring that at least 90 % of district heating
consumption is based on energy sources other than coal, oil or gas by 2030. The agreement
also includes a phase out of coal in electricity production by 2030. It is a political priority to
achieve the increase in renewable energy production through market mechanisms.
The Danish binding EU target for 2020 for renewables is 30 %. Denmark plans to count the
extra 11 percentage points as early effort towards the 2030 renewables target. With the
Energy Agreement, the Parliament has allocated funding that sets a path towards
approximately 55 % renewables share in 2030. In addition,
the Go e
e t s ta get of
reducing greenhouse gas emissions by 70 % in 2030 compared to 1990 levels will also
further accelerate the renewable transition in the energy and transport sectors. The new
measures that will be included in the upcoming climate action plan are described further in
section 3.1.2.
The indicative trajectory for the Danish contribution from 2020 and onwards is displayed in
figure Figure 2. The trajectory represents a frozen policy scenario
17
and entails great
uncertainly. Therefore, the actual renewables share may vary from this estimation.
Figure 2. Indicative trajectory for the share of energy from renewable sources in gross final
consumption compared to the minimum reference points
17
Frozen policy scenario present the baseline projection based on existing measures as of May 2019 and under the
assumption that no additional measures are implemented.
38
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0039.png
Included in the indicative trajectory are the specific initiatives described in the 2018 Danish
Energy Agreement, in which funding has been allocated to renewables. Consequently, this
is the Danish expected contribution to the 2030 EU target, in accordance with Article 4 (a) 2
of the Governance Regulation.
As mentioned, the trajectory represent a frozen policy, however, as shown in Figure 28,
current modelling of the consequences of the Energy Agreement, leads to a renewables
share of 54%, very close to the 55 % share - without further policy measures. The June 2018
Energy Agreement also include a reserve of 400 million DKK in 2025 and 500 million DKK
annually for further efforts from 2026 to promote renewable energy, however it is
currently not possible to quantify the effects of the implementation of the reserve for
additional investments in RE from 2025.
In addition, new policy will need to be implemented to reach the 70 % CO2 reduction target
that may impact the pace and magnitude of the renewables penetration.
(ii) Estimated trajectories for the sectorial share of renewable energy in final
energy consumption from 2021 to 2030 in the electricity, heating and cooling,
and transport sector
Denmark has not at present set any individual objectives or targets for sectorial shares of
renewable energy. Estimated trajectories for the sectorial share, based on modelling of a
frozen policy scenario is presented in Figure 3.
Figure 3. Estimated trajectories for the sectorial share of renewable energy
Due to new investments for renewables as well as a decision to phase out coal in the
electricity production sector in 2030
the renewables share in electricity consumption is
expected to exceed 100 % of consumption in 2030. As for the district heating sector, it is
the frozen policy projection that at least 80 % of the heating in the district heating sector
will be based on renewables in 2030. For the heating and cooling sector as a whole the
39
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0040.png
renewables share is expected to reach 60 % in 2030. For transport the share is expected to
reach 19 %, based on the calculation methodology described in the REDII.
(iii) Estimated trajectories by renewable energy technology that the Member
State projects to use to achieve the overall and sectorial trajectories for
renewable energy from 2021 to 2030 including expected total gross final energy
consumption per technology and sector in Mtoe and total planned installed
capacity (divided by new capacity and repowering) per technology and sector in
MW
Denmark has not at present set any individual objectives or targets for individual
technologies to use to achieve the overall and sectorial trajectories. Denmark is subsidizing
renewable energy through multi-technology tenders for wind power and solar PV. New
multi-technology tenders is being planned for years 2020-2024. The following trajectories
are therefore based on the available model simulations.
Figure 4. Estimated trajectory for the overall share of renewable energy, by technology
Offshore wind will continue to increase rapidly, in part due to 3 new offshore wind parks of
a total of minimum 2,400 MW planned for the period, figure Figure 5. Each of the parks will
be minimum 800 MW. The tender for the first park is to be finalized in 2021 and will have a
capacity of 800-1000 MW– the next two tenders will take place in 2023 and 2025
respectively. The new Government of June 2019 has furthermore, in the new political
ag ee e t ith suppo ti g pa ties alled a fai di e tio fo De a k , ag eed upo
undertaking an in-depth analysis of the possibility of building an energy island in the North
Sea with at least 10 GW of offshore wind connected by 2030. This will also drastically
increase the share of renewable energy from offshore wind turbines in the Danish energy
mix.
40
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0041.png
Since the cost of offshore wind is expected to continue to decrease in the coming years, it is
agreed in the Energy Agreement of 2018 to gradually reduce the number of onshore wind
turbines from approx. 4,300 today to a maximum of 1,850 in 2030. At present, onshore
wind is the cheapest form of renewable energy in Denmark and the production from
onshore wind turbines is still expected to increase in the coming years as smaller existing
turbines are replaced with newer and more effective ones.
Figure 5. Estimated trajectory for the RES-E, by technology
41
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0042.png
The renewable share in the heating and cooling sector and the district heating sector is
expected to be achieved mainly through the use of biomass and heat pumps, cf. Figure 6
and Figure 7.
For the heating and cooling sector, the renewables share is expected to increase from 53.5
% in 2020 to 59.9 % in 2030. The estimated increase based on the frozen scenario
corresponds to an average increase over the entire period of 0.64 percentage point per
year and 0.94 and 0.34 percentage point for the period 2021-2025 and 2026-2030
respectively. These numbers only include renewables. Any contribution from surplus heat is
not included.
Figure 6. Estimated trajectory for the RES-HC, by technology
42
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0043.png
For the district heating sector, the renewables share is expected to increase from 70.7 % in
2020 to 79.6 % in 2030. The increase correspond to an average increase over the 2021-30
period of 0.88 percentage point per year and 1.37 and 0.40 percentage point for the period
2021-2025 and 2026-2030 respectively. These numbers only include renewables. Any
contribution from surplus heat is not included.
The reason that the renewable share in district heating does not reach over 80 % is partly
the high share of non-bio-degradable share in waste incineration that is still expected to
supply large part if the district heating network in 2030. Another reason is that a final plan
for the phase out of the last remaining coal fired CHP plant on the island of Fyn remains to
be agreed.
Figure 7. Estimated trajectory for the RES-DH, by technology
43
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0044.png
The renewables share in transport is expected to reach 19 % in 2030 (based on the REDII
methodology). The increase in the period is primarily a result of increased electricity
consumptions for electric vehicles combined with a higher share of renewables in the
electricity mix. The increase in the electricity share for rail transport from 2027 is mainly
due to new electrically powered trains and electrification of the railway line between
Frederica and Aalborg. Uncertainty regarding future technology development and other
factors implies that these figures have to be interpreted with caution.
There is a specific blending obligation for advanced biofuel at 0.9 % (before double
counting) in the Danish legislation. Fulfilling this obligation will be sufficient to fulfil the
specific RED target for advanced biofuels in 2022 and 2025, but not in 2030.
Figure 8. Estimated trajectory for the RES-Transport, by fuel
44
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0045.png
Table 2. Estimated energy consumption, by technology and sector
Unit
RES in Gross Final Energy Consum ption
Offshore
Onshore
Solar
Bioenergy
Waste (bio-degradeable)
Ambient heat for Heat pumps
Other
RES-H&C share
Offshore
Onshore
Solar
Bioenergy
Waste (bio-degradeable)
Ambient heat for Heat pumps
Other
RES-E share
Offshore
Onshore
Solar
Bioenergy
Waste (bio-degradeable)
Ambient heat for Heat pumps
Other
RES-DH share
Offshore
Onshore
Solar
Bioenergy
Waste (bio-degradeable)
Ambient heat for Heat pumps
Other
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
ktoe
2021
7001
658
1098
222
4145
453
422
2
4164
0
0
75
3281
387
422
0
2595
658
1098
147
624
66
0
2
2267
0
0
57
1772
357
82
0
2022
7408
816
1160
277
4210
453
490
2
4318
0
0
83
3358
387
490
0
2846
816
1160
194
607
66
0
2
2315
0
0
64
1769
356
126
0
2023
7597
856
1211
333
4201
453
542
2
4380
0
0
91
3360
387
542
0
2970
856
1211
241
594
66
0
2
2361
0
0
71
1782
356
152
0
2024
7795
951
1243
388
4170
453
587
2
4405
0
0
100
3331
387
587
0
3139
951
1243
289
588
66
0
2
2372
0
0
78
1764
356
173
0
2025
7931
1002
1260
456
4137
441
633
2
4431
0
0
120
3301
378
633
0
3248
1002
1260
336
583
64
0
2
2386
0
0
97
1748
346
194
0
2026
8356
1373
1282
505
4080
441
673
2
4425
0
0
123
3251
378
673
0
3676
1373
1282
382
574
64
0
2
2363
0
0
99
1722
346
196
0
2027
8522
1472
1298
549
4039
441
721
2
4442
0
0
127
3217
377
721
0
3823
1472
1298
422
566
64
0
2
2363
0
0
101
1710
346
206
0
2028
8720
1643
1274
590
3994
441
774
2
4462
0
0
131
3180
377
774
0
4000
1643
1274
460
558
64
0
2
2367
0
0
103
1697
346
221
0
2029
8907
1726
1324
632
3956
441
825
2
4490
0
0
135
3153
377
825
0
4159
1726
1324
498
547
64
0
2
2379
0
0
104
1696
345
234
0
2030
9203
1966
1337
676
3923
431
866
3
4503
0
0
138
3129
369
866
0
4443
1966
1337
538
539
62
0
2
2376
0
0
106
1696
337
237
0
Table 3. Estimated total capacity, by technology and sector
2021
Total installed renew able capacity by sector
Electricity production
Wind
Solar
Biomass
Hydro
Other renew ables
District heating
Wind
Solar
Biomass
Hydro
Other renew ables (incl. geothermal)
MW
MW
MW
MW
MW
N/A
1365
6140
N/A
32
N/A
1478
6126
N/A
32
N/A
1780
6123
N/A
32
N/A
1810
6074
N/A
32
N/A
1839
6074
N/A
32
N/A
1868
6074
N/A
32
N/A
1897
6040
N/A
32
N/A
1926
6038
N/A
32
N/A
1936
6038
N/A
32
N/A
2479
6038
N/A
32
MW
MW
MW
MW
MW
7590
2248
1805
7
0
7969
2671
1802
7
0
7901
3096
1801
7
0
8649
3522
1796
7
0
9010
3902
1796
7
0
8971
4237
1796
7
0
9324
4576
1719
7
0
9673
4923
1719
7
0
10626
6492
1719
7
0
10147
7842
1719
7
0
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
The amount of re-powering project dependents on many factors, including specific market
conditions and technological development. Denmark has no specific objectives regarding
45
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0046.png
re-powering projects, and the simulation for planned capacity does not distinguish explicitly
between new and re-powered capacity. Therefore, regarding the split on total planned
installed capacity in new capacity and repowering, there is no reliable data available
regarding the amount of re-powering projects.
(iv) Estimated trajectories on bioenergy demand, disaggregated between heat,
electricity and transport, and on biomass supply, by feedstocks and origin
(distinguishing between domestic production and imports). For forest biomass,
an assessment of its source and impact on the LULUCF sink
The use of bioenergy in Denmark has been growing for several years, and today (2017
numbers) the bioenergy consumption constitutes approx. 75 % of the total use of
renewables. Figure 9 shows the development divided upon sectors.
Figure 9. Estimated trajectory for biomass consumption, by sector, ktoe.
6000
5000
4000
Electricity and district heating
ktoe per year
3000
2000
Residential
Industry
Transport
1000
0
2020
2025
2030
Denmark has not at present set any individual objectives or targets on bioenergy demand,
agg egated o disagg egated o se to s, i po ts et . Follo i g the De a k s E e g a d
Climate Outlook 2019 the use of bioenergy will continue to grow until 2020-2025. After that
the consumption is expected to decrease slightly. Figure 9 shows the expected
development until 2030.
More than half of the present bioenergy consumption is used for production of district heat
and electricity, and the use of bioenergy for these purposes has increased by almost a
fa to si e
. The ai easo fo this de elop e t is that ea l all of De a k s
coal fired power plants have been or are being converted to use of biomass fuels. The
conversion is expected to be complete 2020-25. Hereafter the use of bioenergy will
decrease slightly due to among other factors an uptake from heat-pumps and the revision
of the subsidy schemes.
46
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0047.png
Use of bioenergy in households constitutes the second largest consumption. In households,
bioenergy is mainly being used for heating using wood stoves (firewood) and biomass
boilers (wood pellets). In Denmark, there are large energy and CO
2
taxes on fossil fuels for
heating. For houses situated outside areas with access to district heating and natural gas,
use of bioenergy for heating is therefore often the cheapest and most convenient solution.
Today, the industry and transport sectors together use approx. 15 % of the bioenergy. The
consumption is expected to increase further until 2020
2025. The main reason for this
increase is the introduction of biogas in the natural gas system.
Figure 10 shows the historical and expected use of bioenergy divided upon fuel types. The
figure shows that wood products constitute more than half of the total bioenergy
consumption.
Figure 10. Estimated trajectory for biomass supply, by type of fuel.
6000
5000
4000
Other biomass from wood
Wood pellets
Wood chips
ktoe per year
3000
2000
Liquid biofuels
Bio-methane
Biogas
1000
0
2020
2025
2030
Straw
Waste (bio-degradeable)
Denmark uses both indigenous biomass fuels and imported biomass fuels. Figure 11 shows
the use of different types of bioenergy divided upon indigenous sources and imports, based
on 2017 data.
47
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0048.png
Figure 11. Biomass origin. Domestic production and imports, 2017.
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
ktoe per year
Net import
Domestic production
The figure shows that the import shares differ substantially between fuel types. Wood
pellets, bio ethanol and biodiesel are nearly 100 % imported, while the other types of
biomass fuels are mainly from domestic sources.
Wood pellets are primarily imported from the Baltics (primarily Estonia and Latvia) and
from Sweden and Russia. Smaller amounts are imported from other EU countries (primarily
Portugal, Poland and Germany) and from the United States. The most important import
countries regarding wood pellets are shown in Figure 12 below, based on data for 2016.
Othe s i lude Lithua ia, Bela us, Uk ai e a d Fi la d.
Figure 12. Countries of origin for wood pellets imported to Denmark.
Others; 6%
Germany; 5%
Poland; 5%
United States;
5%
Portugal; 6%
Russia; 11%
Estonia; 23%
Latvia; 25%
Sweden; 15%
Source: "Det danske træpillemarked 2016".
48
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0049.png
Data f o De a k s E e g a d Cli ate Outlook does ot i lude a fo e ast fo o igi s of
biomass fuels, but a fairly good assumption will be to say that the 2016/2017 picture is valid
for the near future as well. However, for wood chips, a larger import share must be
expected due to the expected conversion of the remaining coal fired CHP plants. The
conversion will lead to an increase in the use of wood chips by approx. 400 ktoe, and it is
expected that most of this increase will be covered by imports. The resulting use of wood
chips for electricity and heat production will be around 45 PJ per year, whereof approx. 50
% will be covered by imports.
Forest biomass comprises wood chips, firewood, wood pellets and wood residues. The
forecast shows that the total consumption of forest biomass will decrease slightly in the
coming years from 140 PJ in 2020. Of this amount, approx. 65 % will be used for production
of district heating and electricity, 25
30 % will be used for individual heating, and 5
10%
will be used for other purposes.
Wood pellets used for individual heating constitute approx. 10 % of the total consumption
of wood products for energy use. At present, this consumption is not subject to any Danish
rules concerning sustainability. Nearly all of the forest biomass used for production of
district heating and electricity is covered by a voluntary Danish industry agreement,
concluded in 2014.
The voluntary Danish industry agreement on sustainable biomass
The purpose of the agreement is to ensure that biomass used in Denmark fulfils
internationally recognized sustainability demands. Thus, the biomass must come from
forests that are operated in a sustainable way, and the use of biomass has to lead to real
CO
2
reductions. The sustainability of the used biomass has to be documented in annual
reports verified by a third party.
The agreement comprises all plants producing district heat and electricity based on wood
pellets and wood chips. Only plants with a capacity above 20 MW have to provide the
documentation. The agreement covers wood from forests, but not wood from other areas
such as farm land, cities etc.
According to the agreement, 90 % of the used biomass has to be sustainable, and the
sustainability has to be documented. The remaining 10 % also has to be sustainable, but for
this share, the documentation demands are fewer
18
. The sustainability criteria in the
agreement are based on the guidelines regarding sustainable forestry from Forest Europe
and the Europea
Co
issio s e o
e datio s ega di g edu tio of g ee house
gases from production, harvest, processing and transport of the biomass. Besides, the
agreement contains criteria for CO
2
reduction compared to fossil alternatives, in order to
ensure that the used biomass contributes to a positive climate effect.
18
See the agreement here: https://www.danskenergi.dk/sites/danskenergi.dk/files/media/dokumenter/2017-
09/IndustryAgreement_Biomass-20160623.pdf
49
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0050.png
Moreover, an analysis has been initiated in order to address the sustainability of the large
Danish consumption of biomass for energy purposes. The outcome of the analysis will serve
as input to the forthcoming climate action plan.
Danish forest regulation
Danish forests are subject to a regulation with the purpose to maintain the existing forests
and increase the forest area. Besides, the purpose of the regulation is to promote
sustainable forestry. Thus, the regulation ensures that use of Danish produced firewood
does not lead to deforestation.
Denmark will implement the sustainability criteria of the revised renewable energy
directive directive. In light of this implementation, the role of the industry agreement will
be considered, as well as possible new regulation covering the use of biomass in other
sectors.
(v) Where applicable, other national trajectories and objectives, including those
that are long-term or sectoral (e.g. share of renewable energy in district heating,
renewable energy use in buildings, renewable energy produced by cities, energy
communities and self-consumers, energy recovered from the sludge acquired
through the treatment of wastewater)
As for the district heating sector, it is the frozen policy projection that at least 80 % of the
heating in the district heating sector will be based on renewable sources in 2030, see Figure
7.
50
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0051.png
2.2 Dimension Energy efficiency
(i) The elements set out in point (b) of Article 4
(1)The indicative national energy efficiency contribution to achieving the Union's energy
efficiency target of at least 32,5 % in 2030 as referred to in Article 1(1) and Article 3(4) of
Directive 2012/27/EU, based on either primary or final energy consumption, primary or final
energy savings, or energy intensity; expressed in terms of absolute level of primary energy
consumption and final energy consumption in 2020, and in terms of absolute level of
primary energy consumption and final energy consumption in 2030, with an indicative
trajectory for that contribution from 2021 onwards; including the underlying methodology
and the conversion factors used)
Reduction of energy consumption through increased energy efficiency and energy savings
has been an important part of Danish energy policy since the 1970s, when the oil crisis first
focused on security of supply and import dependence. In the meantime, climate change has
also played a role in the desire to streamline and reduce energy consumption in Denmark.
Denmark has therefore developed a great expertise in energy efficiency, which has made it
possible to keep energy consumption largely unchanged in spite of significant economic
growth over the last three decades.
The i di ati e Da ish o t i utio to a hie i g the U io s ta gets fo p i a e e g a d
final energy in 2020 and 2030 corresponds to the energy consumption in the Danish Energy
Agency's 2019 Energy and Climate Outlook published the 30th of August 2019. The primary
energy contribution is the gross energy consumption excluding consumption for non-
energy purposes. The consumption for non-energy purposes is also excluded in the final
energy contribution.
The Danish Energy and Climate Outlook 2019 is based on a frozen policy scenario, where
instruments and actions from the Energy Agreement from June 2018, from the energy
policy agreement of March 2012 and subsequent adjustments are included. The Energy
Agreement from June 2018 includes new energy efficiency measures in the period 2021-
2024. In 2024 a stocking will take place and the need for new measures will be evaluated.
The Danish Energy Agency's Energy and Climate Outlook is based on a number of overall
economic assumptions (the production of the companies, private consumption, fuel prices,
etc.), a number of technology-specific assumptions (the cost of different types of
installations, their efficiency, etc.) and assumptions as to what the energy market players
will do when acting on market terms.
More information about the methodology and the assumption used in the Outlook are
available at the Da
ish E e g Age
s e site:
https://ens.dk/sites/ens.dk/files/Analyser/deco19.pdf
51
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0052.png
Table 4: Indicative contribution 2020 and 2030.
2020
PJ
Primary energy
Final energy
733,5
635,1
Mtoe
17,52
15,17
PJ
767,4
660,9
2030
Mtoe
18,33
15,78
Note: Consumption for non-energy purposes is not included. The data will be updated after the adoptation of
the forthcoming climate action plan.
Table 5: Indicative trajectory for the contribution from 2021
PJ
Primar
y
PJ
2021
732,
9
17,5
1
639,
8
15,2
8
2022
743,
7
17,7
6
644,
2
15,3
9
2023
739,
3
17,6
6
648,
3
15,4
8
2024
746,
5
17,8
3
651,
8
15,5
7
2025
748,
3
17,8
7
654,
8
15,6
4
2026
759,
6
18,1
4
656,
7
15,6
8
2027
761,
4
18,1
9
657,
9
15,7
1
2028
766,
5
18,3
1
659,
0
15,7
4
2029
757,
4
18,0
9
660,
0
15,7
6
2030
767,
4
18,3
3
660,
9
15,7
8
Mto
e
Final
PJ
Mto
e
Note: Consumption for non-energy purposes is not included. The data will be updated after the adoptation of
the forthcoming climate action plan.
The reasons for the increased consumption especially for final energy after 2020 are
primarily:
Increased activities (economic growth) in the different sectors
The establishment of several new big datacentres in Denmark. In the outlook these
are consuming 25 PJ (0,60 Mtoe) of electricity in 2030 equal to 15 % of the total
electricity consumption in 2030. Without the increased consumption from the new
datacentres, the final energy consumption would be almost stable from 2020 to
2030.
No specific new energy efficiency measures for the period 2025-2030 exist as The
Energy Agreement from June 2018 only covers the period of 2021-2024.
The Danish Government has committed itself to an ambitious climate policy, which aims to
edu e De a k s e issio s of g ee house
gases by 70% in 2030, relative to 1990 levels.
The measures and instruments for reaching this goal will be outlined in the climate action
plans. The upcoming climate action plan will amongst other things include energy efficiency
measures, including energy saving requirements for all public sector buildings and a
52
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0053.png
national strategy for sustainable construction. Moreover, the Government is working on a
plan for the implementation of article 5 in EED in the period 2021-2030. In addition, the
Government will work to increase the electrification of the transport sector to ensure
significantly more electric vehicles on the roads. These initiatives will thus increase
De a k s o t i utio to the EU s
ta get.
(2) Cumulative amount of end use energy savings to be achieved over the period 2021-2030
under point (b) of Article 7(i) on the energy saving obligations of Directive 2012/27/EU
The cumulative amount of end use energy savings to be achieved over the period 2021-
2030 shall be based on the final energy consumption (excluding consumption for non-
energy purposes) in 2016, 2017 and 2018. The calculation is based on Eurostat-data (final
energy consumption Europe 2020-2030) for 2016 and 2017 and estimated data for 2018.
This data from Eurostat do not include ambient heat. The data is shown in Table 6.
Table 6: Final energy consumption in 2016, 2017 and 2018
Eurostat
2016
Final energy consumption
Europe 2020-2030
Mtoe
PJ
14,44
604,6
2017
14,62
612,1
Estimate
2018
14,67
614,2
Average
14,58
610,3
The targets for 2021-2030 shown in Table 7 are based on the final energy consumption
shown in Table 6.
Table 7: Danish cumulative targets
PJ
Annual target
0,8 % of average final energy
consumption (610,3 PJ)
10 x annual target
55 x annual target
4,88
ktoe
117
Cumulative target 2030
Cumulative target 2021-2030
48,8
268,5
1166
6414
(3) the indicative milestones of the long-term strategy for the renovation of the national
stock of residential and non-residential buildings, both public and private, the roadmap with
domestically established measurable progress indicators, an evidence-based estimate of
expected energy savings and wider benefits, and the contributions to the Union's energy
efficiency targets pursuant to Directive 2012/27/EU in accordance with Article 2a of
Directive 2010/31/EU;
53
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0054.png
Denmark will submit its long-term renovation strategy separately, as soon as it is finished,
but no later than the Marts 10
th
2020 based on existing measures.
The existing measures to support energy renovation of existing buildings are:
Taxes on energy use for heating of buildings
Requirements in the building code
Energy Performance certificate for buildings
A new support scheme in 2021-2024 for energy renovation of existing buildings
Subsidy scheme to replace oil burners with heat pumps in buildings outside the district
heating and gas grids
Information activities
Data and digitalisation
The building job scheme
The indicative milestones of the long-term strategy for the renovation of the national stock
of buildings and the roadmap with domestically established indicators will be outlined in
the upcoming climate action plan. The climate action plan will amongst other things include
energy efficiency measures, including energy saving requirements for all public sector
buildings.
(4) The total floor area to be renovated or equivalent annual energy savings to be achieved
from 2021 to 2030 under Article 5 of Directive 2012/27/EU on the exemplary role of public
bodies' buildings
Denmark is currently implementing EED, article 5 in accordance with the alternative
approach. The ministries obligated under the existing Ministerial Order are bound by an
energy savings target, but are at liberty to pursue the instruments which are most cost
effective in their particular circumstances, including deep renovations, behavioural
measures etc.
The Government is working on a plan for energy efficiency in government buildings in 2021-
2030, including a model for implementing the requirements in EED, art. 5.
(ii)The indicative milestones for 2030, 2040 and 2050, the domestically
established measurable progress indicators, an evidence-based estimate of
expected energy savings and wider benefits, and their contributions to the
Union's energy efficiency targets as included in the roadmaps set out in the long-
term renovation strategies for the national stock of residential and non-
residential buildings, both public and private, in accordance with Article 2a of
Directive 2010/31/EU
See point 3 above.
(iii) Where applicable, other national objectives, including long-term targets or
strategies and sectorial targets and national objectives in areas such as energy
efficiency in the transport sector and with regard to heating and cooling
54
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0055.png
It requires a comprehensive green transformation of the transport sector to renewable
energy in order to reach the goal of becoming a climate neutral economy. For more
information on the transport sector transition see section 3.1.ii.
55
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0056.png
2.3 Dimension Energy security
(i) National objectives with regard to:
-
increasing the diversification of energy sources and supply from third
countries, the purpose of which may be to reduce energy import
dependency,
-
increasing the flexibility of the national energy system, and
-
addressing constrained or interrupted supply of an energy source, for the
purpose of improving the resilience of regional and national energy
systems, including a timeframe for when the objectives should be met
On December 6, 2019 the Government reached an agreement on a new Climate Act with 8
out of the 10 parties in the Danish Parliament. The act will include a legally binding target to
reduce greenhouse gases by 70% by 2030 (relative to 1990 level), to reach net zero
emissions by 2050 at the latest, and to set milestone targets based on a five-year cycle.The
Government will moreover adapt climate action plans, which will contribute to ensuring
that national reduction targets are met.
In the 2018 Energy Agreement, the parties in the Danish Parliament have agreed to work
for net zero carbon dioxide emission in accordance with the Paris Agreement and net zero
carbon dioxide emission in the EU and Denmark by 2050 at the latest. With the initiatives
outlined in the Energy Agreement of 2018, Denmark has allocated funding that sets the
course towards a renewables share of approximately 55 % by 2030.
Furthermore, the 2018 Energy Agreement states that Denmark must have the most
integrated, market-based and flexible energy system in Europe, with efficient energy
utilisation across the electricity, heating and gas sectors, and with a continued strong
security of supply. There is also a need to further develop the electricity market and
determine the potential role of the gas system in the green transition of the energy system.
Denmark does not have a legally based definition of overall energy security, but a definition
of security of electricity supply is stated in the Electricity Supply Act, (LBK 840 of 15 August
2019, article 5,) requires
The p o a ilit that ele t i it is a aila le he de a ded
o su e s .
Stable and reliable energy supply is considered a prerequisite for the Danish society. The
effectiveness and functioning of the economy, public organizations and private households
depend on a reliable energy supply. The transition of the energy sectors towards increasing
integration of renewable energy sources demands integration of energy systems, increased
international connections and precise overview of energy production and consumption. The
development of interconnection between subsectors and across borders is an objective
targeting an efficient use of fluctuating energy sources.
Therefore both legislative and governance measures are being implemented in order to
promote further integration internationally and intra-sectorially. The international
dimension is vital to a small country like Denmark, linking Scandinavia to the continent, and
the North Sea to the Baltic Sea. The geographic situation gives Denmark extraordinary
conditions for import and export of energy, whether it is fossil or renewable fuels or
electricity. Denmark supports further international cooperation in regard to energy supply
56
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0057.png
and further development of an open market for electricity and natural gas, as well as
renewable based gasses.
Within both the natural gas sector and the electricity sector Denmark is working to further
develop the international cooperation on security of supply by increasing physical
interconnections and ensuring common understanding of risks to supply. The Danish
electricity system is undergoing a development comprising an increasing amount of
renewable energy production from mainly intermittent wind and solar power sources,
together with a decreasing central and decentral power plant production capacity. This
leads to an increasing dependency on interconnectors to the neighbouring countries and a
need to introduce more flexibility into the electricity system. The potential security issues
are being mitigated through regional cooperation in the Nordic region among authorities
and at TSO level. This cooperation aims at enhancing the operational cooperation in case of
crises by common exercising and knowledge sharing.
Conventional power plants are being decommissioned or transformed into biofueled
plants, and diversification in both production and consumption is being improved with an
impact on both the natural gas and electricity systems. This development demands further
integration between subsectors in order to balance the integrated systems.
Cybersecurity
The energy sectors are crucial for maintaining our society as we know it. Consequently
there is a need for the sectors to be protected from and resilient towards different risks and
vulnerabilities. More and more of our energy security networks are digital and in some
cases linked to the internet. Therefore, one of the growing threats is cyber, which is why
cyber and information security in the energy sectors is highly important. In January 2019,
the former Minister for Energy, Utilities and Climate published a cyber and information
strategy specifically aimed at securing the energy sectors and thereby the high security of
supply we have in Denmark. The strategy was developed in close collaboration with the
businesses in the energy sector in recognition of the need for cooperation between
businesses and authorities. The strategy entails ten initiatives which ensure that the energy
sectors in the future will be resilient towards the challenges which enhanced technology
creates and will continue to generate. The strategy is in the process of being implemented
and towards 2021 the initiatives and thereby the strategy will improve the cyber and
information security in the energy sectors and thereby the energy security.
Electricity supply security
With the Energy Agreement of 2018, the Parliament has allocated funding that sets a path
towards a renewable energy share of total energy consumption of approximately 55 % in
2030. The agreement will also give Denmark an RE share in electricity above 100% of
consumption. This ambitious development path, set for Denmark in the 2018 Energy
Agreement, has two important implications for the security of electricity supply in
Denmark.
Firstly, Denmark aims for an increased level of electrification in our energy system. This
puts pressure on the electricity supply and challenges the security of supply, as more
57
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0058.png
appliances, especially cars and heating systems will run on electricity. The increased
electricity demand from such units implies that generation and grid adequacy issues need
to be addressed where constraints may arise. This issue is amplified by the plans to
construct large datacentres, which will consume large amounts of electricity and will
challenge the generation and grid adequacy further.
Secondly, the security of electricity supply will be affected as the renewable energy sources
providing the electricity are primarily wind and solar power, which are highly fluctuating
sources of energy. That will lead to periods of low electricity generation, which would
previously have been covered by running the thermal power plants, but which in the future
will have to be covered by other means.
Solutions and objectives for tackling the issues that arise with the increasing share of
renewables in the electricity generation are presented in the following.
One of the most important solutions to the problem of fluctuating energy sources is to
ensure sufficient
interconnections
with our neighbouring countries. Denmark is among the
countries in Europe with the strongest interconnectors to neighbouring countries compared
to the national electricity demand. Capacity in interconnectors is expected to increase in
the coming years (Kriegers Flak, Cobra Cable, Viking Link etc.). That is, by becoming more
interconnected, Denmark can sell electricity at times when there is a lot of wind and buy
electricity at times when there is less, from countries that may have hydro power or
different wind profiles, i.e. the security of supply is becoming a more shared objective in
the future. The specific objectives regarding enhancements of interconnectivity can be
found in section 2.4.
Secondly, it is important to connect an increasing amount of new
electricity generators
to
the system. For this to have the best effect it is necessary to consider the location of the
new electricity generators in order to match it with where the electricity consumption is
situated. The specific objectives regarding the expansion of electricity generation from
renewable energy sources are described in section 2.1.2.
Another objective for the future Danish energy system is to make sure that the demand for
electricity does not rise to levels that cannot be met by the supply and to make the most
efficient energy investments in line with the
energy efficiency first
principle.
Energy
efficiency
objectives in terms of energy savings in buildings and households and for
appliances are described in section 2.2. Reducing demand co
t i utes to the EU s o e all
energy efficiency target of 32.5 % in 2030.
It is also important to make use of the existing energy sources to its full potential by
integrating the different energy resources and by using data and digitalisation of the system
to optimize the system. This strategy is termed
smart energy
and as prescribed by the
Energy Agreement of 2018 a smart energy action plan is underway.
An additional way of ensuring sufficient electricity supply is by decreasing or shifting
demand. The most important demand to limit is that which takes place in peak load, as
peak load is what determines the capacity dimensioning. Thus, there is a need to shift
58
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0059.png
demand away from specific points in time and to use the possibilities of
flexible
consumption and demand response.
For that to happen, favourable conditions for flexible
electricity consumption must be promoted, which is a goal for Denmark.
Furthermore,
energy storage
could be a useful tool to ensure sufficient supplies of energy,
by levelling out demand peaks and by making use of surplus wind energy from times of high
wind power generation to store for later times of shortage. Today, the technologies
available for storing electricity are rather limited and expensive. Yet, the technologies will
possibly continue to be developed and become profitable with time, as current trends in
prices of storage technologies are indicating. This means that in the future it is not unlikely
that for instance power-to-gas and the hydrogen sector could play a larger role in ensuring
supply security and that batteries will become more prominent in the energy markets.
Climate change risks affecting the power network and biomass resources
With the increased level of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, more often and more severe
weather phenomena are anticipated to occur. This raises a question of whether storms will
create an issue of maintaining a functioning power network, for instance with the increased
risk of torn down lines and falling pylons. But in Denmark this issue has been mitigated
already during the past decades, since a large part of the power network is cable-laid with
the aim of avoiding such risks. To a large extend, this happened in reaction to the hurricane
in December 1999, where many power lines were broken and in Denmark 440.000
households experienced a loss of electricity supply. The operation of running cables instead
of overhead lines led to significantly less power disconnections when the hurricane of
October 2013 came, cf. Figure 13 showing minutes of outage in the distribution grid. The
objective is to continuously run cables rather than overhead lines, when possible, to
minimize the risk.
On the other hand, the hurricane in 2013 was subject to a controlled shutdown of many
wind turbines, necessitated by the fact that wind turbines are more likely to break under
the heavy rotation that extreme weather entails. This illustrates how the shutdown of wind
turbines in similar cases makes out another risk to the power supply. Yet, the wind has a
tendency to travel across the country over a span of hours creating a time lag which lessens
this risk. In combination with the electricity imports via the many interconnectors that
Denmark has, it meant that there were no power outages due to the hurricane in 2013.
Furthermore, there has been a focus on enhancing the robustness of the wind turbine
technology lately in order to overcome this problem.
59
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0060.png
Figure 13. Average number of minutes of outage over the year at a point of delivery or a
household, 1999-2018
160
140
Yearly outage minutes
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
By point of delivery
By household
>100 kV
25-99 kV
0-24 kV
Source: Energinet
The climate change risks with respect to biomass resources seem less applicable in a Danish
context. If heavy winds overthrow trees, it will have a decreasing effect on the price of
biomass, which will not cause a problem for the energy security. Furthermore,
desertification of the lands that provide the biomass Denmark uses is not considered a risk.
Responsibilities
The Minister of Climate, Energy and Utilities has the overall responsibility for the security of
supply for electricity and natural gas in Denmark. The Minister also determines a planning
goal for the level of security of electricity supply according to a law that entered into force
in 2018. The operational and technical monitoring and maintenance of the security of
supply is ensured by the national TSO (Energinet). The TSO is responsible for ensuring the
presence of sufficient generation capacity or imports, grid adequacy at transmission level
and balancing the system and maintaining security of supply together with the efficient
utilization of the coherent electricity supply system and natural gas system. The TSO is
responsible for the sector risk preparedness plans within both the electricity and natural
gas sectors. The sector risk preparedness plan for electricity covers the entire connected
electricity grid in west and eastern Denmark. The sector risk preparedness for electricity is
developed with consideration to the cross-border effects to the neighbouring countries and
the interconnectors. The sector risk preparedness plan for electricity describes how the TSO
plans to handle an emergency situation in the entire Danish power grid in a coordinated
fashion, which at the same time ensures a common perception of the situation at a DSO
and production level. The sector risk preparedness plan for electricity also describes how
the TSO plans to handle a cyber security emergency situation in the Danish electricity grid
with focus on the responsibilities of the TSO, DSOs and power producers, ways of
communication, requirements for situational reports, encryptions and segmentation
instructions etc. The same considerations go for the sector risk preparedness plan for the
natural gas sector, and are consequently not described in further detail. The sector risk
preparedness plan for electricity is coordinated with the sector risk preparedness plan for
60
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0061.png
natural gas and vice versa. The risk preparedness plans for the natural gas sector are
coherent with the respective EU-Regulation 2017/1938 concerning measures to safeguard
security of gas supply and sector specific EU regulation.
Security of heat supply
While even short disruptions of electricity supply may have adverse effects on industry,
service and healthcare providers etc., disruption of heat supply might last for hours before
buildings cool down. Often, this allows for the deployment of auxiliary heating systems such
as electric heaters. Thus, heating is considered less critical than the supply of electricity and
gas as stated i the A al sis of the se u it of suppl i the dist i t heati g se to
published in 2016 by the Ministry for Energy, Utilities and Climate. Thus, no regulation or
targets are in place concerning short-term supply security.
The Danish heating demand is covered primarily by district heating, supplying
approximately 65 % of households, while the remaining are supplied by natural gas
distribution systems or individual heat generation such as biomass boilers, electric heat
pumps and oil burners, the latter of which are being phased out.
The large-scale deployment of the district heati
g s ste f o the
s as i itself a
easu e of ta kli g se u it of suppl o e s follo i g the oil ises i the
s he
oil burners supplied more than 60 % of the heating demand in Danish households.
Combined heat and power plants and district heating were seen as an energy efficiency
measure necessary for diminishing the dependency on imported oil, and for decreasing the
amount of imported coal.
As part of the green transition, the roles in the energy system of the heating and district
heating sectors are expected to change. Electrification and a higher degree of distributed
generation will support the incorporation of fluctuating RE-sources in the electricity system,
as an example. Moreover, the use of geothermal energy in the heating sector is expected to
increase and the use of surplus heat as well. Several analyses being conducted in
preparation of this transition are underway and include a strong focus on the continuance
of supply in the heating sector.
Ending fossil fuel subsidies and
risks of stra ded ostu ers
Until January 2019, electricity generation on combined heat and power plants based on
natural gas or waste incineration were subsidized. From 2019, the support scheme is
rapidly being phased out, leaving substantial losses for some district heating companies.
Due to the non-profit nature of the district heating system, these deficits are expected to
translate into increased heating tariffs. Consequently, parts of the consumer base in a few
areas are expected to lower consumption, partly replacing district heating with individual
solutions, or leave the district heating systems entirely and deploy individual heating
solutions instead. As heat sales weaken, tariffs may increase to unsustainable levels for the
remaining consumers, resulting in the termination of district heating operation. The most
vulnerable district heating systems are expected to be found in rural towns. In these district
heati g a eas, i additio to st a ded assets, this a esult i st a ded ostu e s
without the economic means to successfully establish alternative heating solutions. These
61
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0062.png
risks are being analysed, and the Energy policy agreement of 2018 contains measures
handling the security and cost of heat supply for these costumers.
Oil
Oil and gas will continue to play a role in the energy mix in years to come.
In March 2017 the former government signed a new North Sea agreement with the Danish
Underground Consortium (DUC) designed to ensure a future for oil production in the North
Sea. The agreement supports investment in oil and gas extraction in the North Sea by,
among other things, completely re-building the ageing Tyra fields. The renovation will allow
the extraction of an expected 129 million barrels of oil.
The 2018 Energy Agreement confirms that, alongside the expansion of green energy, there
will be a continued utilisation of oil and gas resources in the North Sea.
(ii) National objectives with regard to increasing: the diversification of energy
sources and supply from third countries for the purpose of increasing the
resilience of regional and national energy systems
Denmark currently does not have objectives specifically focussed on diversifying energy
supply from third countries. Since we are in a transition to a fossil fuel independent society
a d gi e the Go e
e t s goal of edu i g g ee house gasses
%i
o pa ed
to 1990, there will be less need for import of fossil energy from third countries in general.
(iii) Where applicable, national objectives with regard to reducing energy import
dependency from third countries, for the purpose of increasing the resilience of
regional and national energy systems
Denmark does not have national objectives for reducing the energy import dependency of
third countries, since these dependencies are limited due to the diversification of energy
sources and the production of oil and gas within
Denmark. The dependency on import of coal is decreasing as a result of integration of more
renewable energy and closure of coal fired power plants. The objective to phase out coal in
electricity generation by 2030, as stated in the Energy Agreement from June 2018, is a
contributing factor to this end. However, the transition towards integration of renewables
leads to an increasing dependency on a well-functioning market for electricity across the
Nordic region.
In regard to natural gas, Denmark has been a net exporter of natural gas since the
introduction of natural gas in 1984. The importance of natural gas in the Danish energy
supply has been decreasing in the last decade. This development is expected to continue in
the following years as natural gas is expected to cover respectively about 12 % in 2020, 11
% in 2023 and 10 % in 2030 of the total Danish energy mix. The dependency on natural gas
is decreasing as a result of a lower gas consumption altogether and the fact that there will
be an increasing amount of biogas injected into the gas system.
The main gas production facility in the Danish North Sea
Tyra
will be shut down from
November 2019 to July 2022 due to reconstruction of the facility. Denmark will in this
period be net importer of gas. When the Tyra-facility comes on stream Denmark will return
62
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0063.png
to be a net exporter of natural gas to at least 2029. Furthermore, the Baltic Pipe-project is
planned to come on stream in 2022 and will establish a new transport route for Norwegian
gas to Europe which will increase the diversification of gas supplies to Denmark.
With regard to the implementation of Regulation 2017/1938 concerning measures to
safeguard the security of gas supply, Denmark has participated in the regional risk groups
Norway, Baltic Sea and Denmark. Denmark was lead in the risk group Denmark.
The single largest infrastructure is identified as Inter Connection Point (IP) Ellund
the
single source of supply in the most critical period when the Tyra-facility is shut down. The N
1 calculation shows that Denmark complies with the infrastructure standard in the period
of reconstruction of the Tyra complex when the investment in expansion of the Lille Torup
storage facility is completed in 2019 before the shut-down of the Tyra complex: N
1 = 100
%, compared to 88 % if the Lille Torup storage facility is not expanded.
According to the Regulation the National Risk Assessment, Preventive Action Plan and
Emergency Plan have been notified to the Commission in due time. In order to comply with
the Regulation Member States have to lay down rules on penalties to natural gas
undertakings for failing to comply with the notification obligations the Parliament has
passed an amendment to the Act on Natural Gas Supply. The Act now includes sanctions for
violation of rules in Regulation 2017/1938/EU.
Furthermore, Denmark will have to make agreements with Germany and Sweden in
technical, legal and financial arrangements in order to ensure that gas can be supplied to
solidarity protected customers in one of the Member States in case of a request. A dialog
with Germany and Sweden on these arrangements is ongoing.
Historically, Denmark has imported coal from a lot of different countries. This
diversification has led to a stable and secure coal supply. In recent years, the political
decision to move towards an energy system with an increasing share of renewable energy
and the phase out of electricity generation from coal before 2030 has made the energy
system less dependent on coal.
In the heating sector, coal and natural gas are being replaced primarily by imported
biomass for combined heat and power production and
to a lesser extent
electric heat
pumps. While no targets exists, several measures over the past five years including the
Energy Agreement of 2018 have been put in place furthering the deployment of large scale
solar thermal plants and electric heat pumps including geothermal plants and utilization of
surplus heat. These measures serve as a way of counteracting the dependency on biomass
of the next step of the decarbonisation of the heating sector as well as enabling integration
of the heating sector with the electricity sector on the demand side.
(iv) National objectives with regard to increasing the flexibility of the national
energy system, in particular by means of deploying domestic energy sources,
demand response and energy storage
The flexibility of the energy system is expected to be facilitated largely by market-based
solutions. Therefore, it is an objective to support structures that favour demand response
63
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0064.png
and energy storage markets. Additionally, it is a goal to ensure a significant increase in the
number of electric vehicles on the roads and the required transport sector transition.
Moreover, a gas strategy, a roadmap for smart energy, as well as significant increase of
heat pumps in the heating sector for both district heating and individual heat production
should contribute to a more flexible energy system. Especially the integration with the
district heating sector and its vast energy storage capacity is expected to provide a basis for
increasing flexibility through increased demand response and energy storages.
64
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0065.png
2.4 Dimension Internal energy market
2.4.1 Electricity interconnectivity
The level of electricity interconnectivity that the Member State aims for in 2030
in consideration of the electricity interconnection target for 2030 of at least 15%,
with a strategy with the level from 2021 onwards defined in close cooperation
with affected Member States, taking into account the 2020 interconnection target
of 10% and the following indicators of the urgency of action:
1) Price differential in the wholesale market exceeding an indicative
threshold of 2€/MWh between Member States, regions or bidding zones;
2) Nominal transmission capacity of interconnectors below 30% of their
peak load;
3) Nominal transmission capacity of interconnectors below 30% of installed
renewable generation.
Each new interconnector shall be subject to a socioeconomic and environmental
cost-benefit analysis and implemented only if the potential benefits outweigh the
costs
De a k s u e t i te o e ti it is at .
%
ased o the E e g U io Fa tsheet
De a k f o the Eu opea Co
issio . The i te o e ti it le el is al ulated as a
ratio between import interconnection and net generation capacities of the country (i.e. the
2017 value is the ratio between simultaneous import interconnection capacity and net
generating capacity in the country at 11 January 2017, 19:00 pm as resulted from ENTSO-E
Winter Outlook 2016/2017).
Given the high current interconnectivity level, Denmark has no specific objectives for a
certain level of interconnector capacity in 2030 and consequently no strategy for reaching
a ta gets that a e a elo De a k s u e t i te o e ti it le el. However,
interconnectors are now crucial for the reliability of the Danish power system so potential
new interconnectors are considered and evaluated in coordination with other Member
States taking into account the overall socioeconomic value and value for the security of
power supply. Currently a number of interconnectors or expansions of existing connections
will be completed within a near foreseeable future
see section 2.4.2 Energy transmission
infrastructure for more information.
The Danish Government has an ambition to reduce the overall national CO
2
-emission by
70% by 2030. This target is very ambitious and it should be expected that even greater
capacity on interconnectors will be feasible in this context.
So though Denmark has no official target for interconnector capacity in 2030, emphasis is
definitely to make use of further integration with neighbouring countries when feasible. In
the assumptions defined by Government administration to be used by the TSO for analyses
on development of the electricity and gas infrastructure numbers for 2030 shows the same
level of interconnectivity as today. An import capacity of 10.2 GW compared to installed
capacity of 20.0 GW equals an interconnectivity of 51.2%. Denmark thus has an expectation
to uphold the high level of interconnectivity.
65
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0066.png
Denmark is involved in the NSEC work on concrete concepts for joint offshore projects or
cluster projects (see section 1.4 for more information).
2.4.2 Energy transmission infrastructure
(i) Key electricity and gas transmission infrastructure projects, and where
relevant, modernisation projects, that are necessary for the achievement of
objectives and targets under the five dimensions of the Energy Union Strategy
There are no specific projects necessary for a certain interconnectivity target. However, 5
projects are currently on the list of Projects of Common Interest, based on their positive
socio-economic value and are about to be established.
Viking Link
Interconnector between Denmark and UK. Expected completion 2023.
Endrup
Niebüll
Interconnector between Denmark and Germany. Expected
completion 2023.
Kassø
Audorf
Upgrading of existing interconnector between Denmark and Germany.
Expected completion 2020.
Kriegers Flak Combined Grid Solution
Interconnector between Denmark and Germany
which combines an interconnector with the grid connection of offshore wind farms.
Expected completion end of 2019.
Baltic Pipe
Gas interconnector between Denmark and Poland. Expected completion
2022.
Four of the listed projects are electricity interconnectors and will increase the level of
interconnectivity with neighbouring countries.
With regards to gas infrastructure, the Danish TSO, Energinet, and the Polish TSO, Gaz-
System, have in 2018 taken the final investment decision to establish the Baltic Pipe
Project. The project will make it possible to transport up to 10 BCM Norwegian gas to
Poland through the Danish gas infrastructure and connect the Danish and Polish gas
markets.
Significant transit activity is expected to increase gas volume transported via the Danish gas
network, which can be used to lower the tariffs for current users of the Danish transmission
network.
Tariff reductions are considered to represent the main socioeconomic benfit in the Danish
system, eventhough the degree of tariff reductions depends on the methodology of
structuring tariffs in the Danish system after implementation.
In October 2013, The Baltic Pipe was granted the status of Project of Common Interest (PCI)
by the European Commission under the Baltic Energy Market Interconnection Plan (BEMIP).
The project was also included on the subsequent PCI lists, and the PCI status highlights the
significance and regional dimension of the Baltic Pipe Project in the Baltic and CEE region
and indicates the importance of its implementation. A key initiative for the implementation
of the Baltic Pipe Project was a Feasibility Study concluded in 2016, which included a
technical, financial and socio-economic analysis of the project. The study was partly funded
by the EU under the CEF scheme.
66
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0067.png
All above electricity and gas infrastructure projects are important in terms of fulfilling the
dimensions of the Energy Union such as a fully-integrated internal energy market with
security, solidarity and trust. The majority of projects are based upon the need to ensure
well-functioning energy markets, while the need for a number of projects is also based
upon the need for security of supply.
The contribution to security of supply from biogas has historically been low, as the share in
the natural gas grid has been limited, and as there are ample opportunities for natural gas
supplies from the North Sea and Germany.
The contribution of biogas to security of supply is becoming more significant. Production of
upgraded biogas has increased to above 11% of the gas consumption, with an expected
increase to about 15% in 2020 and 30 % in 2025. In the first year during the redevelopment
of the Tyra complex, biogas will make a significant contribution to security of gas supply on
the Danish and Swedish gas markets.
In line with the establishment of more biogas plants connected to the distribution grid,
there will be cases in which biogas production exceeds local gas consumption, for example
in the summer when gas consumption is generally low. In some cases, this is handled by
connecting distribution grids, while, in other cases, there is a need to be able to return gas
to the transmission grid to supply a larger area. This means a completely new way of
operating the gas system, as excess gas in the distribution system must be compressed into
high pressure (from 40 to 80 bar) in order to be transported in the transmission system.
Today, the Danish TSO has established biogas injection points at two M/R stations. It is
expected that there will be a need to inject gas back into the transmission grid at another
three M/R stations in 2020.
Upgraded biogas injected into the gas system contains a higher level of oxygen relative to
natural gas. Oxygen is a byproduct of sulphur removal in the biogas upgrading process. The
allowed oxygen content in the gas is regulated primarily in national rules and standards,
and as a consequence may vary between countries. In Denmark, the oxygen content in
biogas injected into the gas grid must not exceed 0.5%. In Germany, the oxygen content
depends on the gas pressure and if there is oxygen sensitive installation connected to the
gas grid, such as gas storage facilities, where oxygen potentially can increase the risk of
corrosion in gas installations with water.
Today, where the amount of biogas injected into the gas system is increasing, different
requirements to the oxygen content is a challenge for gas exported to Germany, where the
storage facilities in Northern Germany do not accept gas with an oxygen content above
0.001% (10 ppm). Due to the expected injection of biogas into the transmission system, it
will be difficult to meet the German requirements for the oxygen content of the exported
gas, after commissioning of the Tyra complex in 2022. The Danish TSO is working on a
flexible European gas quality solution, together with European partners, which ensures the
continued expansion of green gases without compromising the well-functioning internal gas
markets in the EU. Concurrently, Energinet is looking into various operational solutions in a
close dialogue with Danish stakeholders and the North German TSO, Gasunie Deutschland.
67
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0068.png
(ii) Where applicable, main infrastructure projects envisaged other than Projects
of Common Interest (PCIs).
The Nordic TSOs published a Nordic Grid Development Plan in august 2019 which includes
an early assesment of five cross-border investments in the Nordics. Corridors between
Western Denmark and Norway as well as Eastern Denmark and Sweden are under
investigation. In both cases some of the interconnectors are about to reach the end of their
expected lifetime and decisions about reinvestments have to be made. Preliminary studies
on reinvestment in the Skagerrak connection and the connections to Sweden (Kontiskan
and Øresund) are reported in the joint Nordic Grid Development Plan 2019. Uncertainties in
the business case remain and should be clarified before any final decision for reinvestment
in the interconnectors can be taken.
The North Sea Wind Power Hub (NSWPH) project is currently a development project being
i estigated. The NSWPH p oje t is looki g i to the possi le e efits of a so alled hu
a d spoke
-concept which could possibly connect offshore wind power production to a
central offshore hub and then linking it to the European mainland using interconnectors. To
this purpose the Danish Government have initiated a number of studies to explore the
possibility of an energy island with a capacity of 10 GW off shore wind production before
2030. The North Sea Wind Power Hub project is a cooperation between the Danish TSO,
Energinet, and the Dutch-German TSO, TenneT, along with its project partners
The project promotors have applied for the project to become a PCI candidate.
2.4.3 Market integration
(i) National objectives related to other aspects of the internal energy market such
as increasing system flexibility in particular related to the promotion of
competitively determined electricity prices in line with relevant sectoral law,
market integration and coupling, aimed at increasing the tradeable capacity of
existing interconnectors, smart grids, aggregation, demand response, storage,
distributed generation, mechanisms for dispatching, re-dispatching and
curtailment, and real-time price signals, including a timeframe for when the
objectives shall be met
Market coupling in the wholesale day-ahead and intraday timeframe is well-advanced in
Denmark. Since June 2018 all bidding zone borders are also coupled through the single
intraday market coupling.
There is also a common Nordic market for manual Frequency Restoration Reserves (mFRR).
Denmark continuously works on developing markets for ancillary services. These markets
are partly integrated with neighbouring countries or are in the process hereof, as part of
the implementation of the electricity balancing guideline and the corresponding timeframe.
68
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0069.png
The Nordic TSOs are currently developing a new Nordic Balancing Model. The scope of the
model is a common Nordic capacity market for aFRRs and mFRRs, and the implementation
of 15 minute imbalance settlement period.
19
Denmark also works on developing an improved regulatory framework for the future
electricity market, based on renewable energy sources in a cost-efficient way, a new
market model. This is a specific initiative in the Energy Agreement of June 2018 agreed by
all political parties in Parliament. Denmark pursues a market-driven approach to utilise the
most cost-efficient and innovative solutions to the challenges posed by a system based
largely on variable renewable production. In this regard, the new market model should
provide for a level playing field that makes it possible to achieve a least-cost solution to
maintain a secure system and establish an adequate level of flexibility.
The aims of the new market model/framework (amongst others):
Increased competition in the electricity market and clear price signals for investments
identification and removal of possible price limits
definition of rights and responsibilities of new players that may create value and
provide flexibility in the electricity market
an efficient market place adequately remunerating flexibility
defining the new role of DSOs acting as neutral market facilitators, i.e. demanding
flexibility
ensuring the engagement of consumers to foster active participation in the electricity
markets
for instance with local flexibility services.
Those changes to the market model related to the implementation of the electricity market
directive will be implemented by the end of 2020, while recommendations beyond that are
expected to be presented by 2021 and implemented at a later stage.
Interconnector capacities and flows
As an indicator for market integration the figures below present the weekly average
available interconnection capacities and flow as a percentage of max NTC for the Danish
interconnectors. Available capacity is given for all hours while the average flow is only given
for hours with flow in the respective direction. The difference between flows and capacities
also works as an indicator for congestion. A big difference indicates many hours without
congestion, while a small difference indicates more congestion on average.
19
For more information see
https://consultations.entsoe.eu/markets/nbm-roadmap-consultation-
1/supporting_documents/Report%20Nordic%20Balancing%20Model%20revised%20roadmap.pdf
69
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0070.png
Figure 14. DK1-DE: Weekly day ahead capcities and flows
Figure 15. DK1-NO2: Weekly day ahead capacities and flows
70
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0071.png
Figure 16. DK2-DE: Weekly day ahead capacities and flows
Figure 17. DK2-SE4: Weekly day ahead capacities and flows
From the above figures it can be seen that two interconnectors exhibit available
transmission capacity close to or lower than the 70% threshold: DK1-DE, DK2-SE4. Denmark
has been in dialogue with both neighbouring countries with the objective to increase
capacities and market integration. Below is a description of their situation and outlook.
DK1-DE:
The export available capacity from DK1 toward DE has been reduced for years due
to maintenance and network constraints in the German grid. In December 2018 the
European Commission published the Commission decision (Case AT.40461
DE/DK
71
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0072.png
Interconnector) accepting Tennets proposed commitments of a minimum hourly capacity of
1300MW in the southbound direction. The commitment was to be phased in over a period
of six months. Data from July 2019 shows a monthly average of available capacity of 1304
MW or 73% of max NTC.
DK2-SE4:
export capacity from Eastern Denmark to SE4 has been reduced in recent years,
mainly due to constraints at the West Coast Corridor (WCC) in Sweden. At a workshop in
Copenhagen in June 2019 Svenska Kraftnät (SvK) presented background and mitigating
action to address challenges with WCC.
SVK indicated that within a few years the problem with WCC will be reduced, due to
decommissioning of the Ringhals power plant, flow-based capacity calculation, and
infrastructure developments.
SvK will also start a countertrading pilot to possibly mitigate the problem starting from 17
June 2019.
SvK will be in discussion with the Commission on WCC commitment expiration.
20
(ii) Where applicable, national objectives related to the non-discriminatory
participation of renewable energy, demand response and storage, including via
aggregation, in all energy markets including a timeframe for when the objectives
should be met
The Danish electricity market is open for participation from renewable energy, demand
response and storage, including via aggregation. The Danish TSO is by law required to
contribute with its activities to the best possible conditions for competition in the electricity
market.
Renewable energy producers (except for household-scale plants) are obliged to sell their
production into the market via balancing responsible parties. The ancillary services markets
are open to participation from renewable energy as well. Many wind power plants, for
example, offer downward regulation into the market.
Denmark foresees an increasingly important role for demand-side resources in contributing
to an integrated, market-based and flexible energy system. A large number of electrical
boilers are already installed and may offer their service in all markets from spot to primary
reserves. To encourage the participation of aggregated demand response, Denmark is
constantly seeking to improve market regulations with the aim to reduce barriers for
decentralised market participants. To that end Denmark is currently developing an
aggregator model allowing decentralised resources to participate in energy and ancillary
services markets alongside large market participants.
With increasing shares of decentralised production and new consumption due to the
electrification of heating and transport the Danish grids will become challenged on a more
20
For more information see
http://www.nordicenergyregulators.org/wpcontent/uploads/2019/04/Keytakeaways.pdf
72
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0073.png
local scale. It is goal that such local challenges shall be met primarily through market based
arrangements in order to achieve the most cost-effective solutions.
In terms of the gas market, Denmark and Sweden have in 2019 merged the two national
gas balancing markets to establish one common balancing market/zone for Denmark and
Sweden
the so-called Joint Balancing Zone (JBZ).
JBZ means that a shipper who transports gas to Sweden no longer has to balance two
systems, but shall only be in balance in one system and will no longer have to book capacity
to flow gas between Denmark and Sweden.
The project details (in terms of tariff structure, market functioning, contracts etc.) were
approved by the two national regulatory authorities of Denmark (DUR) and Sweden (Ei) in
March 2019.
It is expected that the joint balancing between Denmark and Sweden will contribute to
increased security of supply and more gas traders on the balancing market and Danish gas
exchange (balancing trading platform) which could lead to increased competition to end
consumers. In addition, there will be system synergies and administration that is more
efficient. JBZ is in line with the thinking of the European Gas Target Model (GTM) and
overall harmonization objectives.
(iii) Where applicable, national objectives with regard to ensuring that
consumers participate in the energy system and benefit from self-generation and
new technologies, including smart meters
Denmark has an overall objective of rolling out smart meters to all consumers by 2020. In
the future, this will enable consumers to participate in the energy markets through
aggregation. The Energy Agreement of 2018 also underlines the objective to increase the
utilisation of data and digital solutions and create a smart and flexible energy system. It is
possible for consumers to self-generate electricity under defined rules for net metering. As
such, however, self-generation is no particular objective for Denmark, as the goal is to
provide consumers with an overall efficient and secure electricity system.
The roll-out of smart metering to all consumers including those that self-generate
electricity is supposed to add to the transparency of such activities and make the impact on
the electricity system visible. In this way it will be possible to identify whether a self-
generator produces benefits to the system and appropriate incentives can be put in place.
(iv) National objectives with regard to ensuring electricity system adequacy, as
well as for the flexibility of the energy system with regard to renewable energy
production, including a timeframe for when the objectives are to be met
Denmark has one of the highest security of electricity supply levels in Europe. It is a clear
ambition for the Government to keep a high level of security of supply also in the future
when integrating more renewable energy into the Danish electricity system. As a
consequence of the investments allocated to renewables in the Energy Agreement from
2018 the share of renewable energy in the electricity sector is expected to reach 100
73
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0074.png
percent in 2030. The specific targets for ensuring a high level of system adequacy while
reaching the renewable energy share of 100 percent are described in section 2.3.
(v) Where applicable, national objectives to protect energy consumers and
improve the competitiveness of the retail energy sector
In general, Denmark aims at highly competitive retail markets. The full roll-out of smart
meters is expected to change the retail business over the coming years, and Denmark will
closely monitor the development. Consumer protection and competitiveness of the retail
sector are addressed in many policies and measures. Future developments within the
electricity sector will clearly add to the complexity. As in many other sectors digitalisation
will play an important role in electricity as well. The Danish Government wants to address
the halle ges to o su e s a d issued its Co su e politi al st ateg fo usi g o the
o su e i a digital o ld i Ma
. The st ateg fo ulates a u e of o je ti es
that are highly relevant to electricity as well.
Objectives of particular importance to the electricity sector are that it should become
easier for consumers to make decisions; they should have easy access to their data enabling
them to create value in the market; and consumer information requirements shall be
targeted to prevent overloading consumers.
The Da ish Utilit Regulato s pu lishes a p i e su e to eate o e t a spa e
i the
retail electricity market and thus support consumers' active choice of an electricity product.
The price survey provides an overview of the products offered in the retail and makes it
possible to compare the prices of the products. Besides the price survey the Danish Utility
Regulator publishes quarterly electricity price statistics providing insights into the average
consumer price of electricity.
In order to ensure strong competition for the benefit of Danish citizens and businesses,
Denmark is conducting an analysis of whether competition in the retail market is well-
functioning. A particular focus lies on the separation between monopoly and competetive
activities within the vertically integrated companies. It is investigated whether bundled grid
companies challenge competition in the retail electricity market and whether appropriate
measures can be identified to strengthen competition in the retail market and to enhance
the separation of monopoly and competitive activities.
The level of competition in recent years has been relatively stable. The rate of customers
changing to a new supplier typically lies at around 5% for small customers and 7% for large
customers. At the same time, margins especially in the small customer segment lie at a low
level indicating competitive pressure on retail prices.
An overall evaluation of the retail market is planned for 2022.
2.4.4 Energy Poverty
Denmark generally considers energy poverty as a social issue and consequently addresses
energy poverty through social policy. Therefore, in the Danish energy policy no specific
national objectives exist for the limitation of energy poverty. However, see section 3.4.3(iv)
for social policy instruments related to energy consumption.
74
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0075.png
Hence, referring to Article 3.3., second subparagraph of (d) of the Governance Regulation,
Denmark does not possess verifiable data supporting that a significant number of
households live in energy poverty.
Eurostat, however, using data from the EU-SILC survey, assesses how many people express
i a ilit to keep ho e ade uatel a
.
For Denmark, 3% of respondents express this
(in 2018). This number is considerably lower than the EU-28 average of 7.4% and similar to
numbers for neighbouring countries Sweden and Germany.
In the context of the Electricity Directive Denmark intends to consider vulnerable customers
further.
75
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0076.png
2.5 Dimension Research, innovation and competitiveness
(i) National objectives and funding targets for public and, where available,
private research and innovation relating to the Energy Union including, if
appropriate, a timeframe for when the objectives are to be met
The new Danish government wants to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 70% by 2030
compared to the 1990 level. To achieve this, new technologies will have to be developed
and deployed before 2030.
In June 2018 the Danish Parliament made a Energy Agreement supported by all parties in
the Parliament. As part of the agreement, Denmark has committed to spend 580 mill. DKK
in 2020 on research, development and demonstration of new energy technologies. This
at hes De a k s o
it e t to dou le its pu li
funding to research and development
under Mission Innovation. With the research reserve agreement 2020, the Government and
all the political parties has agreed to increase spending to green research, development and
demonstration by 1 billion DKK in 2020 in addition to the spending target in 2020 that
follows from the Energy Agreement.
In 2020, 514 mill. DKK will be allocated to the Energy Technology Development and
Demonstration Program (EUDP). EUDP supports development and demonstration of new
energy technologies, as well as research supporting preparation for development and
demonstration. The objective of EUDP is to create growth and jobs, increase the security of
energy supply, and contribute to make Denmark independent of fossil fuels by 2050. 83
mill. DKK will be allocated to the energy area in Innovation Fund Denmark in 2020 (cf. the
Budget proposal 2020). Furthermore, 629 mill. DKK will be allocated to green research in
Innovation Fund Denmark in 2020. These funds cover different themes related to green
research, including energy research. Innovation Fund Denmark primarily supports strategic
research and development projects.
In addition to this the Government funds Research and Innovation in the food sector and in
relation to Environmental Technologies through the Green Development and
Demonstration Programme (GUDP) and the Environmental Technology Development and
Demonstration Programme (MUDP). It is estimated that both progammes allocates 10 mill.
DKK to energy and climate related projects.
Furthermore, the agreement states that by 2024 Denmark has a spending target of 1 billion
DKK on research, development and demonstration of new technologies related to energy
and climate.
The Danish parliament has already allocated 90 mill. DKK to research and development in
limiting greenhouse gas emissions from the agricultural sector, which is relatively large in
Denmark. The 90 mill. DKK will cover the period 2019-2021. The funds will help reach the
Danish reduction target in 2030 in the non-ETS sector as well as the goal of reducing
greenhouse gasses by 70% by 2030, relative to 1990 levels.
Denmark does not have any funding targets for private research and innovation relating to
the energy union.
76
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0077.png
(ii) Where available, national 2050 objectives related to the promotion of clean
energy technologies and, where appropriate, national objectives including long-
term targets for the deployment of low-carbon technologies, including for
decarbonising energy- and carbon-intensive industrial sectors and, where
applicable, for related carbon transport and storage infrastructure
Denmark has a long term target of net-zero emission by 2050 at the latest and
independence from fossil fuels. Furthermore, Denmark has a target of 55% of energy
consumption coming from renewables by 2030 and more than 100% of its electricity
consumption coming from renewables by 2030.
As pa t of the e go e
e t s goal
to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 70% by 2030,
relative to 1990 levels, it is essential that funding is in place for research, development and
demonstration as well as deployment of new climate friendly technologies. New solutions
will have to be developed in the energy sector, in transportation and aviation as well as in
the agricultural sector. Power-to-X is one of the technologies that potentially can contribute
to fully decarbonizing the energy sector, transportation and aviation as well as agricultural
and industrial sectors. For this reason, research on power-to-X development and upscaling
will be supported and developed.
As part of a future green mobility plan the Government wants to stop sales of all new diesel
and petrol cars as of 2030 and enhance low emissions zones. This requires deployment of
new green vehicles in Denmark.
As part of the Energy Agreement from 2018 three new off-shore wind farms will be
deployed by 2030. Thereby Denmark will make itself increasingly independent from fossil
fuels. The large ratio of green energy production will require further research, development
and demonstration of technologies to fully integrate and exploit the green energy. In order
to accommodate future needs, the Danish Government has established a fund supporting
development and demonstration projects on energy sto
age. The fu d s size is
illio
DKK and it was in December 2019 granted to two Power-to-X-projects. The projects will
establish big scale production and storage of green hydrogen. Both projects have an
ambition to demonstrate production and consumption of green hydrogen on near market
based conditions.
(iii) Where applicable, national objectives with regard to competitiveness
The global green transition market continues to grow. In order to reach the temperature
increase target limit, the international community must invest 90,000 billion DKK in green
transition over the next 11 years. This represents a unique opportunity for the Danish
business community, which must be exploited. The Government wants Denmark to be
known as a nation of green entrepreneurialism.
It is a continuous Danish priority to deliver new green solutions to the fast-growing global
market.
77
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0078.png
3. POLICIES AND MEASURES
3.1 Dimension Decarbonisation
3.1.1 GHG emissions and removals
(i) Policies and measures to achieve the target set under Regulation (EU)
2018/842
21
as referred to in point 2.1.1 and policies and measures to comply
with Regulation (EU) 2018/841
22
, covering all key emitting sectors and sectors
for the enhancement of removals, with an outlook to the long-term vision and
goal to become a low emission economy and achieving a balance between
emissions and removals in accordance with the Paris Agreement
Existing policies and measures (implemented or adopted)
De a k s i ple e ted a d adopted
policies and measures as of May 2019 are shown in
Table 8. The policies and measures listed in Table 8 include policies and measures, which
will contribute to the achievement of the target set under the ESR
23
, and contribute to
comply with the LULUCF-regulation
24
.
Most of the policies and measures related to energy consumption
25
will have an effect on
both greenhouse gas emissions under ESR
26
and CO
2
emissions under EU ETS
27,28
. The list
covers all key emitting sectors and sectors for the enhancement of removals. Further
i fo atio o De a k s limate
policy in general and the policies and measures listed in
Table 8 is included in Annex 8.
The effects of the existing measures as of May 2019 are
i luded i the ith e isti g
easu es g ee house gas p oje tio s e a io, the so-called
WEM-projection scenario,
reported in Chapter 4.
Effort Sharing Regulation
LULUCF
23
ESR or Effort Sharing Regulation: REGULATION (EU) 2018/842 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 30
May 2018 on binding annual greenhouse gas emission reductions by Member States from 2021 to 2030 contributing to
climate action to meet commitments under the Paris Agreement and amending Regulation (EU) No 525/2013
24
LULUCF-regulation: REGULATION (EU) 2018/841 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 30 May 2018 on
the inclusion of greenhouse gas emissions and removals from land use, land use change and forestry in the 2030 climate
and energy framework, and amending Regulation (EU) No 525/2013 and Decision No 529/2013/EU
25
Names starting with TD, EN, BU, TR or HO. TD: Taxes and Duties, EN: Energy sector (except BU, TR and HO), BU: Business
sector (energy consumption), TR: Transport sector (energy consumption), HO: Household sector (energy consumption).
26
In the period 2013-2020 the measures will also have an effect on greenhouse gas emission under Decision 406/2009 [ESD:
Decision No 406/2009/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2009 on the effort of Member States
to edu e thei g ee house gas e issio s to eet the Co
u it s g ee house gas e issio edu tio o
it e ts up
to 2020].
27
EU ETS: Directive 2003/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 October 2003 establishing a scheme for
greenhouse gas emission allowance trading within the Community
28
For example TR-10 (Electrification of parts of the infrastructure), which will
everything else being equal - decrease
emissions from the use of diesel under ESR, but potentially increase emissions under ETS, if not counteracted by an
increase in the use of renewable energy in electricity production.
22
21
78
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0079.png
Table 8.
O er ie of De ark’s portfolio of e isti g li ate rele a t poli ies a d
(implemented and adopted)
O er ie of De
adopted)
EEA PAMs
Database no.
2
3
4
5
TD-1b: Mineral-oil Tax Act
TD-2: Gas Tax Act
TD-3: Coal Tax Act
TD-4: Electricity Tax (updated with the Energy
Agreement, E3: Reduction of taxes on electricity
and restructuring of surplus heat utilisation)
TD-5: CO2 tax on energy products
TD-6: Green Owner Tax - a fuel-efficiency-
dependent annual tax on motor vehicles
TD-7: Registration Tax - a fuel-efficiency-
dependant registration tax on passenger cars and
vans
TD-8: Tax on HFCs, PFCs and SF6 - equivalent to
the CO2 tax
TD-9: Tax on methane from natural gas fired
power plants - equivalent to the CO2 tax
EN-1: EU-CO2-emission trading scheme for
electricity and district heat production and certain
industrial processes (incl. Business) and aviation
from 2012
EN-2: Biomass Agreement (Agreement on the use
of biomass in electricity production)
EN-3: Price supplement and subsidies for
renewable energy production (updated with the
Energy Agreement, E2: Renewable energy on
market conditions and E10: Reserve for additional
investments in RE as from 2025)
EN-4: Tenders for offshore wind turbines (updated
with the Energy Agreement, E1: World class
offshore wind)
EN-5(expired): Scrapping scheme for old wind
turbines
EN-6: Energy development and demonstration
(updated with the Energy Agreement, E6:
Strengthened energy and climate research)
[73]
EN-7 (new): Energy Agreement, E5: Modernisation
of the heating sector and mitigating impacts of
eliminating the base subsidy
BU-1: Agreements on energy efficiency with
business(updated with the Energy Agreement,
E4a: Targeted energy savings)
BU-2: Savings activities by elec. grid, gas, oil and
district heating companies (consump. of final
energy excl. Transp.)
BU-6: Circular on energy-efficiency in state
institutions
BU-7(expired): Campaigns and promotion of
efficient appliances ( including elec. heating,
Single
ark’s portfolio of existi g cli ate rele a t policies a d
easures (i ple e ted a d
easures
Name of mitigation action
Single PAM or
group of PAMs
Single
Single
Single
Single
PAMs included in
Groups of PAMs
6
7
8
Single
Single
Single
9
10
11
Single
Single
Single
12
13
Single
Single
14
Single
15
16
Single
Single
17
Single
18
Single
19
20
Single
Single
79
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0080.png
conversion and efficient appliances in households)
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
BU-8(expired): Renewables for the industry
BU-9: Mandatory Energy Audit for large
Enterprises
BU-10: The center for energy savings in enterprises
TR-1a: EU demands on vehicle manufactures to
deliver fuel efficient cars and vans
TR-1b(expired): Information campaign on fuel
consumption of new cars
TR-2(expired): Energy-correct driving technique
TR-3(expired): Initiative on enforcing speed limits
TR-4(expired): Establishment of intermodal
installations
TR-5(expired): Promotion of environmentally
friendly goods transport
TR-6(expired): Reduced travel times for public
transport
TR-7: Spatial planning
TR-8: EU requirements regarding biofuels
TR-9(expired): Transport infrastructure projects in
the fields of electric vehicles, gas and hydrogen
TR-10: Electrification of parts of the rail
infrastructure
TR-11(expired): Investments in a new metro line
and bicycle transport facilities.
TR-12: Investment in a tunnel under the Femern
Belt
TR-13 (new): Energy Agreement, E9: Funding for
green transport
37
HO-1: Energy labelling of small and large buildings
(incl. public sector and business)
(updated with the Energy Agreement, E4a:
Targeted energy savings)
38
39
HO-2: Energy labelling of electric appliances
HO-3: Substitution of individual oil-based furnaces
(updated with the Energy Agreement, E4b:
Funding for scrapping oil-fired boilers )
HO-4: Better Houses
HO-5: Strategy for Energy renovation of buildings
HO-6 (new): Heat pumps as an energy service
IP-1: Regulation of use of HFCs, PFCs and SF6
(phasing out most of the uses)
AG-1(expired): Action Plan for the Aquatic
Environment I+II and Action Plan for Sustainable
Agriculture
AG-2(expired): Action Plan for the Aquatic
Environment III
AG-4a/4b/4c/4d/4e: Reduced emissions of
ammonia
AG-4f: Environmental Approval Act for Livestock
Holdings
AG-6: Biogas plants
AG-9(expired): Agreement on Green Growth
AG-11(expired): Agreement on Green Growth 2.0
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
40
41
64
42
43
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
44
45
46
47
48
65
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
80
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0081.png
66
67
AG-12: Political Agreement on a Food and
Agricultural Package
AG-13: Agreement on Nature (the Nature Package)
including targeted regulation (conversion of catch
crop regulation with other measures such as set-
aside, energy crops etc.) and grassland and nature
management.
LU-1: Ban on burning straw on fields
LU-2: Planting of windbreaks
LU-3: Subsidies scheme for private afforestation on
agricultural land (increase the forest area in
Denmark)
LU-4: Public afforestation (state and
municipalities)
LU-5: Subsidy for conversion of arable land on
organic soils to nature
WA-1: A ban of landfill of combustible waste.
WA-2: The waste tax
WA-3: Weight-and-volume-based packaging taxes
WA-4: Subsidy programme
Enterprise Scheme
(special scheme for businesses)
WA-5: Increased recycling of waste plastic
packaging
WA-6: Implementation of the EU landfill directive
WA-7(expired): Support for (construction of
facilities for) gas recovery at landfill sites
WA-8(expired): Subsidy programme for cleaner
products
WA-9: Subsidy programme for biocovers on
landfills
G1(changed): Group of all policies and measures
except in the LULUCF sector
Single
Single
49
50
51
Single
Single
Single
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Single
Group
Single
Single
Single
Group
TD-b1, -2, -3, -4, -5, -
6, -7, -8, -9; EN-1, -2,
-3, -4, -5, -6; BU-1, -
2, -6, -7, -8, -9, -10;
TR-1a, -1b, -2, -3, -4,
-5, -6, -7, -8, -9, -10,
-11, -12; HO-1, -2, -
3, -4, -5, -6; IP-1;
AG-1, -2, -4a-f, -6, -
9, -11, -12, -13; WA-
1, -2, -3, -4, -5,- 6, -
7, -8, -9)
TD-2, TD-3 and TD-
4)
EN-2, EN-3, EN-4,
EN-5, BU-8 and TR-8
TD-b1, -2, -3, -4, -5, -
6, -7; EN-1; BU-1, -2,
-6, -7, -9, -10; TR-1a,
-1b, -2, -3, -4, -5, -6,
-7, -10, -11, -12; HO-
1, -2, -3, -4, -5, -6
TD-6, TR-1a, TR-1b,
TR2 and TR-3
TD-8 and IP-1
LU-1, -2, -3, -4 and -
5
81
1
68
69
G2(former TD-1a): Energy taxes except on mineral
oil
G3: All RE mitigation actions (Renewable Energy)
since 1990
G4: All EE mitigation actions (Energy Efficiency)
since 1990
Group
Group
Group
[70]
[71]
[72]
G5: Energy effciency in transport by passenger cars
G6: F-gas taxes and regulation
G7: LULUCF activities
Group
Group
Group
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0082.png
Additional policies and measures
As sho i Chapte the effe ts of De a k s po tfolio of e isti g poli ies a d easu es,
as included in the WEM scenario projection from August 2019, will not be sufficient to
achieve the target under the ESR.
On December 6, 2019 the Government reached an agreement on a new Climate Act with 8
out of the 10 parties in the Danish Parliament. The act will include a legally binding target to
reduce greenhouse gases by 70% by 2030 (relative to 1990 level), to reach net zero
emissions by 2050 at the latest, and to set milestone targets based on a five-year cycle.
Moreover, the Danish Government will develop Climate Action Plans that will outline
concrete policies to reduce emissions, and these will hence include further information on
additional policies and measures in relevant sectors among others.
As preliminary estimates indicate that the total amount for LULUCF accounting will be
above the limit for Denmark, which is 14.6 Million credits in total for the period 2021-2030,
an annual average accounting quantity of 1.46 Million credits per year is shown in chapter 4
on projections for information. It should be noted that the showing of the projected
accounting amount in chapter does not indicate whether Denmark will make use of the
LULUCF flexibility under the ESR or not.
In addition, on 2 December 2019 the Government reached agreement with the Red-Green
Allia e, the So ial Li e al Pa t , the So ialist People s Pa t a d the Alte ati e o the
Finance Act 2020. In the agreement, the parties agreed to establish a new fund called
“De
ark’s Gree Future Fu d”,
which will manage a total of 25 billion DKK. The fund will
contribute to the green transition in Denmark and abroad including development and
deployment of new technologies, conversion of energy systems to renewable energy,
storage and efficient energy use etc. and promote global export of green technologies,
particularly in regard to wind. At the same time the fund will contribute to solving the
challenges that climate change and a growing world population creates in regard to food
shortage and scarcity of water.
Moreover, the parties agreed to allocate a total of 2 billion DKK in the period 2020-2029
with the aim to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture as much as possible. In
addition, the parties noted, that the Government is currently looking into the possibilities
of establishing a Forest Fund and has allocated 100 million in the 2020 budget towards the
project.
(ii) Where relevant, regional cooperation in this area
One fora where Denmark participates in regional cooperation is the Nordic Council of
Ministers. The Nordic Council of Ministers was founded in 1971. Despite the generic name,
82
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0083.png
it consists of several councils. Regional cooperation in the area of climate change takes
place through the Nordic Council of Ministers for the Environment and Climate (MR-MK)
29
.
The Council of Ministers for the Environment and Climate (MR-MK) is responsible for the
Nordic inter-governmental co-operation on environmental issues, including on climate
change. Its remit includes preserving and enhancing the quality of the environment and life
in the Region and exerting influence on regional and international co-operation
30
.
Currently, in MR-MK Denmark is represented by the Minister for Environment when
environment is on the agenda and by the Minister for Climate, Energy and Utilities when
climate is on the agenda.
The Nordic Council of Ministers for the Environment and Climate (MR-MK) has a Committee
of Senior Officials for the Environment and Climate (EK-MK), which prepares and follows up
on the work of the council and is responsible for ensuring that the Environmental Action
Plan is implemented. The Nordic Committee of Senior Officials for the Environment and
Climate (EK-MK) has set up a Working Committee (AU) consisting of representatives of
national environment agencies, to plan and co-ordinate its activities. Currently, the Danish
Environmental Protection Agency represents Denmark in MR-MK and AU.
Working Groups under MR-MK/EK-MK/AU relevant to regional cooperation on climate
change and greenhouse gas emissions reduction are:
Climate and Air Pollution Group (KoL):
The work of the Climate and Air Pollution Group supports the Nordic objectives of
reducing serious climate change and preventing the impact of air pollution on the
environment, ecosystems and human health. The outcome is a series of publications
31
.
The Nordic Council of Ministers' Environmental Co-operation funds projects whose
aims are in keeping with the Nordic Environment Action Plan 2013–2018
32
and/or the
programme of the annual Presidency. At least three Nordic countries must take part in
the project, which must generate clear Nordic synergy. The Climate and Air Pollution
Group (KOL) invites applications for contributions to Nordic projects that support the
implementation of the Nordic Environmental Action Programme and the priorities of
the Climate and Air Pollution Group. The Climate and Air Pollution Group is working to
limit and prevent serious climate change and transboundary air pollution, as well as to
limit and prevent air pollution from causing harm to human health
33
.
29
http://www.norden.org/en/nordic-council-of-ministers/council-of-ministers/nordic-council-of-ministers-for-the-
environment-and-climate-mr-mk/nordic-council-of-ministers-for-the-environment-and-climate
30
The most recent outcomes are available here:
http://www.norden.org/en/nordic-council-of-ministers/council-of-
ministers/nordic-council-of-ministers-for-the-environment-and-climate-mr-mk/strategy
31
http://www.norden.org/en/nordic-council-of-ministers/council-of-ministers/nordic-council-of-ministers-for-the-
environment-and-climate-mr-mk/institutes-co-operative-bodies-and-working-groups/working-groups/climate-and-air-
pollution-group-kol/publications-and-reports
32
http://norden.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:701877/FULLTEXT01.pdf
33
http://www.norden.org/en/nordic-council-of-ministers/council-of-ministers/nordic-council-of-ministers-for-the-
environment-and-climate-mr-mk/institutes-co-operative-bodies-and-working-groups/working-groups/climate-and-air-
pollution-group-kol/the-climate-and-air-pollution-group2019s-project-funding-in-2018
83
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0084.png
The Nordic working group for global climate negotiations (NOAK):
The group's overarching goal is to contribute to an ambitious and effective
implementation of the UNFCCC and its Paris Agreement, with a Nordic perspective. The
outcome is a series of publications
34
.
In addition there are also Working Groups under the Nordic Council of Ministers for
Sustainable Growth (MR-VÆKST)
35
and its Committee of Senior Officials, which are relevant
to regional cooperation on climate change and greenhouse gas emissions reduction.
(iii) Without prejudice to the applicability of state aid rules, financing measures,
including Union support and the use of Union funds, in this area at national level,
where applicable
Renewable energy sources are promoted with economic measures, including use of energy
and CO
2
taxes on fossil fuels and through the Public Service Obligation Schemes (PSO),
which have been a supplement to the price of electricity paid by all consumers until 2017.
The Danish PSO levy will be phased out during a period of 5 years (2017-2022), and the
financing of support to renewables will gradually shift to the State Budget.
34
http://www.norden.org/en/nordic-council-of-ministers/council-of-ministers/nordic-council-of-ministers-for-the-
environment-and-climate-mr-mk/institutes-co-operative-bodies-and-working-groups/working-groups/the-nordic-
working-group-for-global-climate-negotiations-noak/publications-and-reports
35
The Nordic countries work together on business, energy and regional policies in order to promote continued positive
growth in the Region. The Nordic Council of Ministers for Sustainable Growth consists of ministers responsible for
business, energy and regional policy.
84
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0085.png
3.1.2 Renewable energy
(i) Policies and measures to achieve the national contribution to the binding
2030 Union target for renewable energy and trajectories as referred to in point
(a)(2) Article 4, and, where applicable or available, the elements referred to in
point 2.1.2 including sector- and technology-specific measures.
On December 6, 2019 the Government reached an agreement on a new Climate Act with 8
out of the 10 parties in the Danish Parliament. The act will include a legally binding target to
reduce greenhouse gases by 70% by 2030 (relative to 1990 level), to reach net zero
emissions by 2050 at the latest, and to set milestone targets based on a five-year cycle. The
Government will furthermore adapt climate action plans, which will contribute to ensuring
that national reduction targets are met. The climate actions plan will amongst other things
include the following initiatives in regard to renewable energy:
-
-
A unified strategy for electrification of the transport sector, industry and society in
general.
Investigating the potential for Denmark to prepare a common strategy with the
North Sea nations for a significant expansion and exploitation of the offshore wind
potential.
Investigating the potential for Denmark to construct the first energy island by 2030,
with a minimum of 10 GW connected.
-
In addition, on 2 December 2019 the Government reached agreement with the Red-Green
Allia e, the So ial Li e al Pa t , the So ialist People s Pa t a d the Alte ati e o the
Finance Act 2020. The parties agreed, among other things, to initiate a screening of Danish
waters that can identify locations suitable for future offshore wind, which also will include
screening for potential locations for a so-
alled hu
-and-spoke
o ept ith
minimum 10
GW offshore wind capacity connected. The parties further agreed to allocate funds in
support of large-scale power-to-X technologies. The parties agreed to allocate 30 million
DKK in 2020, 27 million DKK in 2021 and 8 million DKK in 2022.
Moreover, Denmark has already taken the first steps towards establishing a professional
and efficient energy sector as the basis for the transition to a sustainable green society.
With the 2018 Energy Agreement, the parties in the Danish Parliament have agreed to work
for net zero carbon dioxide emission in accordance with the Paris Agreement and net zero
carbon dioxide emission in the EU and Denmark by 2050 at the latest. With the initiatives
outlined in the Energy Agreement of 2018, Denmark has allocated funding that sets the
course towards a renewables share of approximately 55 % by 2030.
In the coming years, the capacity of renewable energy is expected to expand significantly.
In the electricity sector new capacity is primarily expected to be solar PV and wind, but also
solid biomass will play an important role in the conversion of the remaining central power
plants still operating on coal.
85
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0086.png
Denmark has over the last years gradually moved from fixed support for renewable energy
to more competitive bidding and marked based support schemes. In the coming years
Denmark will continue the path towards more marked based solutions e.g. through
tendering.
Technology neutral tenders for wind and solar PV will be conducted again in 2019, and
further renewable technologies are to be included in the technology neutral tenders
conducted from 2020-2024.
In the case of offshore wind tenders agreed upon in previous energy agreements, contracts
have been signed for 400 MW to initiate commercial operation in 2020, 600 MW to initiate
commercial operation in 2021 and 350 MW expected to initiate commercial operation in
2023. Additional tenders for three offshore wind parks of a total of at least 2,400 MW have
also been decided. The decision rests upon the prerequisites mentioned in section 1.1.
To support the continuant renewable capacity increase, Denmark will implement new
financial support schemes for a range of technologies as described under point iii) below.
The production and consumption of renewables go hand in hand. Therefore Denmark
wants to ensure better incentives for use of renewable energy over fossil alternatives.
Denmark is phasing out the public service obligation originally put on the electricity bill to
finance support for renewables. At the same time, the parties of the 2018 Energy
Agreement agreed to reduce the electrical heating tax to approximately 0.15 DKK/kWh
(2018 prices), effective from 2021.The tax reduction constitutes a follow-up on the
Agreement on Business and Entrepreneur Initiatives
36
.
This initiative will make the tax on electrical heat slightly lower than the tax on fossil fuels
for heating per GJ. Therefore it is expected an increase in the use of individual heat pumps
and heat pumps in district heating systems. It also increases the incentive for utilising
surplus heat.
As a result of the shift towards electrical heating, the tax reduction contributes to reducing
carbon emissions in non-quota sectors. It will also make electrical heat more attractive
relative to wood-burning stoves, thereby lowering particle emissions. This means that
electricity produced on renewable sources will become more competitive with other
energy sources.
The parties of the 2018 Energy Agreement agree to work for a modernised heating. The
regulatory bindings on the choice of fuels for smaller district heating areas were terminated
in January 2019. It is expected to leave way for more renewable heating as a substitute for
natural gas. As well from January 2019, a stop for the connection obligations for new
customers will give individual consumers freedom to choose their own renewable heating
options, as these have been made more competitive.
36
https://eng.em.dk/news/2017/november/agreement-on-business-and-entrepreneurial-initiatives/
86
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0087.png
Increasing the renewable penetration in the heating and cooling sector further requires
thorough decarbonisation of the district heating sector and especially of individual heating
based on natural gas and oil fired burners. The energy policy agreement includes a support
scheme of 80 million DKK for replacing oil burners with electric heat pumps to further this
goal. Also a strategy for the future gas grid is being developed in order to ascertain the
potential uses and required policies related to the gas system as part of the green
transition.
Surplus heat has the potential to fill a small but substantial part of the district heating
system with an estimated potential of 12-18 PJ. The current utilization of surplus heat is
approx. 5 PJ compared to a total district heating production of around 135 PJ. The share is
expected to rise to approx. 9 PJ in 2025 as a result of lowered electricity taxes and the 2019
policy agreement on increased utilization of surplus heat. This development will be
monitored and the new measures evaluated in 2022.
In transport, according to present Danish legislation, suppliers must blend at least 5.75 % of
biofuels in the transport fuel they put on the market. From January 1, 2020, they must
blend in at least 0.9 % of advanced biofuels.
The proposal of the Government to prolong the exemption from registration tax for electric
vehicles until the end of 2020 was passed in December 2018.
(ii) Where relevant, specific measures for regional cooperation, as well as an
option, the estimated excess production of energy from renewable sources which
could be transferred to other Member States in order to achieve the national
contribution and trajectories referred to in point 2.1.2
Denmark has entered a cooperation agreement with Germany which will result in statistical
transfers from Denmark to Germany, corresponding to the electricity production from 50
MW solar PV financially supported by Germany.
Denmark cooperates with other European and non-European countries on renewable
energy in a number of fora. The European policy fora include CA-RES (RES in EU), BEMIP
(RES and other topics in countries around the Baltic Sea), North Seas Energy Cooperation
(Offshore wind in the North Sea), and Nordic council of ministers (RES and other topics in
the Nordic countries) (see section 1.4.1). Denmark also actively collaborate with other
countries in the IEA Renewable Energy Working Party.
On cooperation regarding renewable gas, the Danish TSO, Energinet, issues biomethane
certificates for every MWh of biomethane injected into the natural gas grid. Upon request,
certificates are issued to biogas producers serving as documentation for the amount of
biogas fed into the grid. In order to receive certificates, each producer must register with a
specific database operated by Energinet. Certificates can be traded across member states,
but at present, the renewable share is counted towards the national Danish renewables
target.
Denmark works in the North Seas Energy Cooperation (NSEC) to coordinate the timing of
tenders, to exchange best practices on the design for offshore wind support schemes and
87
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0088.png
to identify, where possible, common principles as well as possible options for alignment of
support. For more information see section 1.4.1.
Nordic co-operation on renewable energy
The Nordic countries make considerable efforts to develop and increase the use of
renewable energy, aiming to diversify the energy system and to be less dependent on
import of energy sources such as fossil fuels, and to reduce the CO
2
emissions. The Working
Group for Renewable Energy (AGFE)
consisting of experts from the Ministries and energy
authorities in the five Nordic countries
supports the Nordic countries policy and
development work in renewable energy sector by exchanging information and enhancing
the collaboration between Nordic countries. In addition, AGFE disseminate information
about relevant projects commissioned by AGFE tackling different issues on renewable
energy in the Nordics. Most recently AGFE has looked at: renewable energy system support
in the Nordics, how new EU sustainability criteria for biomass will affect the Nordics and
finally, an assessment of the emerging trend of distributed electricity production and self-
consumption.
AGFE aims to strengthen Nordic added value through projects that would usually occur
nationally, but where positive effects are created through a Nordic joint effort. The group
works to develop and manifest Nordic collaboration, and thereby increase Nordic
competencies and competitiveness. AGFE also strives to develop Nordic perspectives on
emerging policies and regulations within EU. Some of AGFE's recent activities are listed
below:
In 2018, AGFE initiated a study on Distributed energy production and self-consumption in
the Nordics. The aim of the study is to review the current situation and future prospect of
decentralized energy production and the transition where consumers such as households
are also becoming producers. The regulations and policies in the Nordic countries
concerning distributed electricity production and self-consumption are discussed, and
eventual barriers to a sound development identified. The study was published in June 2019
and provides useful information for policy makers and other stakeholders and will
contribute to fulfil coming requirements according to the revised EU directive on renewable
energy (REDII).
AGFE works for enhanced Nordic co-operation on implementing the current EU renewable
energy directive (REDI) to 2020 as well as preparing for the revised directive (REDII).
As a set of new forest biomass sustainability criteria were proposed in RED II, AGFE in 2017
commissioned a study on the emerging Bioenergy Sustainability Policy and its possible
i pa ts e titled; A No di a al sis of the p oposed EU poli fo ioe e g sustai a ilit .
This work contributed to the process of revising the Directive and increasing the knowledge
of its impact on the bioenergy sector in the Nordic region.
I
AGFE o
issio ed a stud ; Ne Ga epla – RES Suppo t i the No di s ith
the purpose to investigate the impact of the revised State Aid Guidelines on current Nordic
88
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0089.png
support schemes designed to promote renewable energy. The study contributed to the
discussions regarding the design of Nordic support schemes.
(iii) Specific measures on financial support, where applicable including Union
support and the use of Union funds, for the promotion of the production and use
of energy from renewable sources in electricity, heating and cooling, and
transport
Denmark has a long history of subsidizing electricity from renewable energy.
Wind power has been supported through a variety of measures since the 1970s. Later,
support schemes have been established for both electricity from biomass, biogas and solar
PV.
Based on the recommendations of The Energy Commission among others, Denmark has
shifted from technology specific support to a higher degree of technology neutrality and a
more marked based approach through e.g. multi-technology tenders.
Electricity from wind power and solar PV
Denmark has conducted tenders of support for offshore wind parks and signed contracts
for 400 MW to start production in 2019, 350 MW is being planned to start production in
2020 and 600 MW to start production in 2021. Additional tenders for three offshore wind
parks of at least 800 MW each have been decided in the policy agreement of June 2018.
Denmark has held the first technology neutral tender of support for wind power and solar
PV in 2018 and will arrange the second round in 2019. The installations are expected to
start production in 2020 and 2021. The policy agreement of June 2018 includes further
technology neutral tenders in the period 2020-2024, which will also include wave and
hydropower technologies among other things.
The June 2018 political agreement also include a reserve of 400 million DKK in 2025 and
500 million DKK annually for further efforts from 2026 to promote renewable energy.
Denmark also has specific support schemes for wind turbines with a testing purpose.
In the North Seas Energy Cooperation, Denmark contributes to analysing and developing
options for further mobilisation of investment capital for joint projects, for instance
through EU funds such as the European Fund for Strategic Investments (EFSI) and The
Connecting Europe Facility (CEF) as well as institutional investors. Such joint projects could
be cross-border projects for renewable energy in accordance with the CEF proposal.
Promotion of the use of electricity
Denmark has by far the highest general consumption taxes on electricity in the EU. As the
renewables share in electricity steadily increases, the Danish Parliament wishes to improve
incentives for the use of electricity over other types of energy, especially in the heating
sector. For that purpose it is agreed gradually to reduce the electricity taxes in the period
from 2019-2025.
89
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0090.png
The tax on electricity for heating purposes will be reduced to 0.15 DKK/kWh from year
2021. The general electricity tax will be reduced from 0.91 DKK/kWh (2018) to 0.77
DKK/kWh in 2025. For certain types of businesses the electricity tax will be reduced to the
EU-minimum level.
A special task force has been set up with the purpose to analyse if the present tariffs and
tax regime can be optimized to better support demand side management and flexible
energy consumption. The report from the task force is to be finished primo 2020.
Moreover, the upcoming climate action plans will include a unified strategy for
electrification of the transport sector, industry and society in general.
Biogas
The use of biogas for certain purposes is supported financially. More specifically, end-users
are eligible for different types of direct grants when biogas is used to produce electricity or
heat, upgraded to biomethane, used as a fuel in the transport sector or used in industrial
processes.
In the June 2018 Energy Agreement it was decided to phase out the current biogas support
schemes by 2020. This implies that no new installations can enter the existing subsidy
schemes from January 1, 2020 and that existing installations will continue to receive
support for a fixed depreciation period.
Electricity and heat from solid biomass
The electricity production from the use of solid biomass is supported with a fixed premium
of 0.15 DKK/kWh. The scheme ran for 10 years until April 2019 and covers existing and new
biomass CHP plants. The fixed premium scheme, in combination with tax exemption on
biomass fuels for heat production, has been a strong driver in recent years for the fuel
switch from coal and gas.
The policy agreement of June 2018 establishes the future support system after April 1,
2019.
There are in total 3 support schemes:
1) Existing non depreciated installations will continue with a fixed premium of 0.15 DKK
/kWh in the entire depreciation period.
2) Depreciated installation will be supported by a fixed premium calculated on basis of
the difference in operating cost in using biomass compared to an alternative fossil
reference.
3) For new installations after April 1, 2019 a grant pool is established, which would give
the possibility of aid for new capacity for the production of electricity using biomass,
biogas and other green gasses after application.
The latter two new schemes are to be notified to the European Commission.
90
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0091.png
Transport
In the Energy Agreement from June 2018 there has been made a reservation on an amount
of 500 million DKK for the years 2020-2024
100 million DKK a year for the transport
sector. The pool shall be used to support green solutions in the transport sector. The
specific initiatives will be developed further.
Furthermore, as an element in the agreement on business and entrepreneurial initiatives of
12 November 2017, there has been made a reservation on 140 million DKK to support the
production of advanced biofuel. It is yet to be decided how these 140 million DKK can
support the production of advanced biofuel.
In addition, the Government will work for the transition of the transport sector. For more
information see section 3.1.3 (iii) Policies and measures to achieve low-emission mobility
(including electrification of transport).
Heating and Cooling
Since 2015, two smaller support schemes totalling 106 million DKK have supported
investments in electric heat pumps for district heating production.
Also two smaller support schemes have been enacted to support the deployment of electric
heat pumps for individual households and companies by energy service providers as part of
a market maturation strategy.
The Energy policy agreement from June 2018 lifts the prohibition of direct heat production
based on biomass at decentralized natural gas fired combined heat and power plants.
Further, a technology neutral support scheme of 114 million DKK for investments in heat
production capacity at decentralized natural gas-based district heating plants is being
established from 2020. This scheme will support investments in electric heat pumps,
biomass boilers and solar thermal plants.
In addition, the aforementioned support schemes for deployment of individual heat pump
installations by energy service providers have been expanded by 80 million DKK for the
replacement of oil boilers for individual households and 70 million DKK for electrical heat
pumps in discontinued district heating areas.
These measures are expected to boost the deployment of electrical heat pumps compared
to the use of biomass burners and to incentivise the phasing out of natural gas primarily in
the district heating sector and oil boilers in the individual heating sector. The heat pumps
are expected to utilize a variety of low-temperature heat sources such as air, ground and
sea water as well as intermediate temperature sources such as geothermal energy and low
grade surplus heat.
From 2020 133 million DKK/year is earmarked for promotion of use of surplus heat which is
projected to increase the utilization of surplus heat by approximately 35 % by 2025. As a
result of these measures combined with the lowered tax on electricity for heat production,
the utilization of surplus heat is projected to increase from app. 5 PJ to approximately 9 PJ
in 2025. This number is expected to rise further approaching 2030.
91
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0092.png
The Energy policy agreement also includes a series of policies amending administrative and
legislative barriers to the deployment and expansion of district cooling networks from 2020.
According to the
Comprehensive Assessment of the Potential for High-Efficient
Cogeneration and Efficient District Heating and Cooling and in Denmark,
the total cooling
potential is around 5.000 MW, of which approximately 40 % could be covered by district
cooling networks. The effects of the mentioned policy measures have not yet been
estimated.
(iv) Where applicable, the assessment of the support for electricity from
renewable sources that Member States have to carry out pursuant to Article 6 (4)
of the Directive (EU) 2018/2001 on the promotion of the use of energy from
renewable sources.
A thorough assessment of Danish taxes and subsidies in the energy sector was published
from 2016 to 2018. This analysis has informed later policymaking and does among other
things form part of the background for the ongoing shift from technology specific support
to a higher degree of technology neutrality and the shift from financing support for
renewable electricity via a tariff on electricity consumption to financing on the state
budget.
The assessment consists of six parts which can be read (in Danish) at the following links:
Part 1: Development in tax and subsidy base
https://www.skm.dk/media/1827192/Afgifts-og-tilskudsanalysen-delanalyse-1.pdf
Part 2: Costs of public obligations
https://www.skm.dk/media/1827200/Afgifts-og-tilskudsanalysen-delanalyse-2.pdf
Part 3: The extent of non-regulated externalities of energy consumption
https://www.skm.dk/media/1827208/Afgifts-og-tilskudsanalysen-delanalyse-3.pdf
Part 4: Effects of the tax and subsidy system on integration of green energy
http://www.skm.dk/media/1596491/afgifts-og-tilskudsanalysens-delanalyse-
4_19042018_samlet.pdf
Part 5: Utilisation of surplus heat
https://www.skm.dk/media/1827224/Afgifts-og-tilskudsanalysen-delanalyse-5.pdf
Part 6: Future support for onshore wind
https://www.skm.dk/media/1827232/Afgifts-og-tilskudsanalysen-delanalyse-6.pdf
(v) Specific measures to introduce one or more contact points, streamline
administrative procedures, provide information and training, and facilitate the
uptake of power purchase agreements. Summary of the policies and measures
under the enabling framework Member States have to put in place pursuant to
Articles 21(6) and Article 22(5) of Directive (EU) 2018/X on the promotion of the
use of energy from renewable sources] to promote and facilitate the
development of renewable self-consumption and renewable energy communities
92
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0093.png
The administrative procedures regarding permit granting for offshore wind has been
simplified in recent years by the establishment of a single contact point handled by the
Danish Energy Agency. The agency acts as a one stop shop and is responsible for delivering
the final permission regarding feasibility studies, construction and production. The Agency
is also responsible for coordinating input from other relevant authorities.
Denmark is in the preparation for the national implementation of article 15 and 16 in the
revised Renewables Directive regarding streamlining administrative procedures and the set-
up of national contact points for renewable energy projects.
Electricity used for self-consumption is supported by an exemption from electricity tax. At
present, the tax on electricity for private consumers is 0.88 DKK/kWh plus VAT and network
tariffs. This gives an economic incentive for self-consumption in buildings. As of February
2019 the pre grid connection application procedure for self-consumption through instant
settlement has been removed. Instead, the self-consumer can connect the renewable
installation to the grid and then afterwards notify the local distribution system operator.
The new simplified rules minimize the administration and avoid long processing times.
In Denmark there is a long tradition for establishing renewable energy communities
especially in the district heating sector and renewable electricity production.
Denmark is in the preparation for the national implementation of article 21 and 22
regarding an enabling framework for renewable self-consumption and renewable energy
communities.
In May 2019, Nordic Energy Research published a study, initiated by the Nordic council of
ministers and carried out by SWECO and Oslo Economics, on Distributed energy production
and self-consumption in the Nordics. The aim was to review the current situation and
future prospect of decentralized energy production and self-consumption. The report
describes some
perceived
barriers identified by consumers, e.g. complex regulation, tax-
rules, several different support schemes etc. The report however, does not identify
administrative barriers to a sound development for self-consumption in Denmark.
An independent consultancy firm has on behalf of the Danish Energy Agency conducted an
analysis of the Danish market for power purchase agreements (PPA). None of the identified
barriers were due to the regulatory framework. The identified barriers were mainly driven
by a lack of demand (due to the characteristics of the Danish industry with few large
o pa ies a d a SME s a d t a sa tio osts fo the ilate al pa ties e te i g a PPA.
(vi) Assessment of the necessity to build new infrastructure for district heating
and cooling produced from renewable energy sources
Denmark is rapidly phasing out fossil fuels for the production of heat and power. The latest
Energy Agreement from June 2018 is expected to give Denmark a renewable share in
electricity above 100 % of consumption, while ensuring that at least 90 % of district heating
consumption is based on energy sources other than coal, oil or gas by 2030. It is a political
priority to achieve the increase through market mechanisms.
93
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0094.png
An analysis of modernised heating is being conducted to assess the expected transition
paths. This analysis will allow for further assessment of the possible need for new
infrastructure and is expected finalized early in the second half of 2019. The analysis
focuses on legislative constraints in the district heating and individual household heating
sectors and is set to form the basis of new policies for the completion of the green
transition for the heating sectors in Denmark driven by market mechanisms.
(vii) Where applicable, specific measures on the promotion of the use of energy
from biomass, especially for new biomass mobilisation taking into account:
-
biomass availability, including sustainable biomass: both domestic
potential and imports from third countries
-
other biomass uses by other sectors (agriculture and forest-based
sectors); as well as measures for the sustainability of biomass production
and use
Denmark currently has no specific measures that promote the production of electricity
from new biomass installations after 2020. Considerations regarding the promotion of new
installations (as outlined in the Energy Agreement from 2018) are currently undergoing.
Biomass for heating is promoted by the absence of energy and CO
2
taxes on heat from
renewable sources.
In 2014, the Danish energy sector laid down principles for a set of sustainability criteria for
the use of solid biomass in energy production. The purpose and principles are set up as a
voluntary industry agreement, to encourage the industry's members and branches to the
purchase of sustainable biomass. See section 2.1.2 for a further description of this
agreement. As mentioned, in the present setup the electricity production from the use of
solid biomass in existing installations is supported with a fixed premium of 0.15 DKK/kWh.
This fixed premium scheme has been a supplement to tax exemption on biomass fuels for
heat production.
94
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0095.png
3.1.3
Other elements of the dimension
(i) Where applicable, national policies and measures affecting the EU ETS sector
and assessment of the complementarity and impacts on the EU ETS
Not applicable.
Although ost of De a k s poli ies a d easu es elated to e e g
consumption mentioned in Table 1
37
will have an effect on both CO
2
emissions under EU
ETS
38
and greenhouse gas emissions under ESR
39
, as mentioned in chapter 3.1.1,
assessments of the separate effect on the EU ETS sector have not been carried out.
(ii) Policies and measures to achieve other national targets, where applicable
A o g De a k s policies
and measures with effect on greenhouse gas emissions reported
i
i De a k s Se e th Natio al Co
u i atio a d Thi d Bie ial Repo t u de the
40
UNFCCC and under the EU Monitoring Mechanism Regulation (MMR) cf. Table 8, there
are several policies and measures, which will also contribute to the achievement of the
expected national share on renewable energy in 2030.
41
(iii) Policies and measures to achieve low-emission mobility (including
electrification of transport)
It requires a comprehensive green transformation of the transport sector to renewable
energy in order to reach the goal of becoming a climate neutral economy. Moreover,
concrete and ambitious measures for all modes of transport are needed in order to achieve
significant reductions in emissions from the transport sector.
Today, the Danish state-owned rail network is only partially electrified, though there is
currently several large electrification projects being carried out on the main rail lines in the
country. This electrification will enable railway sector operations to contribute to the
overall target of the transport sector to reduce fossil fuel emissions. Hereto the biggest
train operator in Denmark is currently in the proces of buying electrified trains to replace
older diesel trains for the future train operations on main rail lines of Denmark.
In addition to the electrification af the Danish state-owned rail network we have been
expanding the metrosystem in Copenhagen with the Cityring, that opened in September
2019. Further expansions of the metro system in Copenhagen will follow in 2020 and 2025.
Expanding the metro system further contributes to the overall target of reducing fossil fuel
emissions in the transport sector.
Furthermore, the Danish state has provided grants for the establishment of light rail
t a sits i the ou t s th ee la gest ities: Cope hage , Aa hus a d Ode se. Light ail
transits play a role in a future of green public transport services as well as making public
transport an attractive alternative to private motoring.
37
38
names starting with TD, EN, BU, TR or HO.
Directive 2003/87/EC
39
Regulation 2018/842
40
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
41
Directly this includes EN-2, EN-3, EN-4, EN-5, BU-8 and TR-8 in Table 1 and indirectly TD-1b, TD-2, TD-3, TD-4, TD-5, TD-6 and
TD-7 in Table 1.
95
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0096.png
De a k s fi st ode light ail t a sit ope ed i Aa hus i De e e
. The light ail
transit in Odense is expected to open in 2021, and the one in the Copenhagen area is
planned to open in 2025. Moreover, environmental impact declarations are underway on
further lines in Aarhus and Odense, to which the Danish state has also provided grants.
Public busses are also undergoing a transformation towards greener fuel alternatives.
Across the country low or zero emission busses are prioritized. By the end of 2019, it is
estimated that approximately 11 percent of all public busses will use a green fuel
alternative. It is expected, that these numbers will increase in the near future.
The green transition in the transport sector is also evident in the taxi industry. This is partly
driven by governmental legislation which secures that all new taxies from 2025 will be zero-
emission vehicles. Furthermore, the Danish state experiences a great interest towards the
permission to drive in zero-emission taxies.
Passenger cars are responsible for around 60 % of the greenhousegas emissions from the
transport sector in Denmark, so the Danish Government finds it essential to ensure
significantly more electric vehicles on the roads. A Commission for Green Transition of
passenger cars has the objective to deliver recommendations on specific policy measures to
promote green cars such as electric and plug-in hybrids, recommendations on
infrastructural requirements to the electrical system and charging network to support the
green transition of passenger cars. The Danish Government expects to prepare a political
strategy when the recommendations from the Commission are available.
The Danish Government would also like to start discussions in EU on a transition to a fleet
of zero emission passenger cars as the Commissioner for Internal Market, Industry,
E t ep e eu ship a d SMEs, Ms Bieńko ska, e ou aged De a k to do i he lette to
the Danish Parliament with the aim of eventually phasing out new diesel and petrol cars in
the EU. The Danish Government had therefore asked for this subject to be brought up as an
AOB item at the Council meeting for ministers for environment on the 4th of October 2019,
and the Danish Government will work to continue this discussion.
The Danish Government will negogiate an infrastructure agreement, which will consider
climate and environmental issues to a much higher degree. This requires invenstments in
public transportation and cycling, among other things
f. the politi al u de sta di g
A fair
di
e tio fo De a k
.
At the same time, the Danish Government will work for initiatives aimed at ensuring more
sustainable air transport. This can be achieved through European solutions.
A o g De a k s e isti g poli ies a d easu es ith effe t o g ee house gas e issio s
included in Table 8 (for further information see Annex 8), there are policies and measures,
96
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0097.png
which will also contribute to the achievement of low-emission mobility and/or
electrification of transport.
42
In the Energy Agreement from June 2018 a reservation has been made in an amount of 500
million DKK for the years 2020-2024
100 million DKK a year for the transport sector. The
pool shall be used to support green solutions in the transport sector. The specific initiatives
will be developed further.
Furthermore, as an element in the agreement on business and entrepreneurial initiatives of
12 November 2017, there has been made a reservation on 140 million DKK to support the
production of advanced biofuel. It is yet to be decided how these 140 million DKK can
support the production of advanced biofuel.
In addition, on 2 December 2019 the Government reached agreement with the Red-Green
Alliance, the Social Libe
al Pa t , the So ialist People s Pa t a d the Alte ati e o the
Finance Act 2020. The parties agreed to prepare concrete initiatives in regard to how
requirements can accelerate the transition to green busses and taxies towards 2030. The
parties moreover agreed to allocate 75 million DKK in 2020 to a scheme to support and
accelerate the transition towards greener busses.
Moreover, the parties agreed to prioritize bicycling, which supports and further develops
green mobility. The parties agreed to allocate 50 million DKK in 2020 to fund half the cost of
municipal bicycling projects. As such the scheme will promote investments for a total of 100
m DKK towards promotion of bicycling. Finally, the parties agreed to cancel the planned
registration tax increase in 2020 on green cars. The parties also agreed to introduce a tax
deduction on green company cars on 40,000 DKK from April 1 2020 to December 21 2020.
(iv) Where applicable, national policies, timelines and measures planned to
phase out energy subsidies, in particular for fossil fuels
Denmark provides subsidies for renewable energy technologies, e.g. onshore wind,
offshore wind, solar PV, biomass and biogas. Subsidies are given as production subsidy per
kWh, normally for a limited number of years. The costs of renewable technologies is
steadily declining, and becoming competitive with fossil fuel sources. It is a political
objective to promote future electricity production from renewable energy on market
conditions free of subsidies.
Subsidy systems for renewable energy will increasingly be market oriented. As of 2018 the
subsidies for future onshore wind and solar PV will be offered through a tendering
procedure, allowing these technologies to compete against each other and provide a
42
This includes TR-1a, TR-8, TR-10 and TR-12.
97
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0098.png
downward pressure on the subsidy level. Later more technologies will be included in the
tenders and allow these to compete for support. For more information see section 4.6.iv.
In Denmark no direct subsidies to fossil fuels are given. In a report from 2019 the
Commission, among other things, assessed the size of subsidies to fossil energy among the
member states. In this report, Denmark is regarded to have indirect fossil subsidies
especially in the form of exemptions from taxes for fuels to domestic sea- and air transport
and exemption from taxes for electricity for certain types of transport. The report was
written by the consultancy Trinomics, and the consultancy has identified 13 subsidies to
fossil fuels in Danmark (see Table 9).
Table 9.
O er ie of su sidies that are o sidered fossil i
COM
9 fi al
Subsidy
Excise tax exemption on inland sea transport and fishery
Tax exemption for fuels and electricity for trains
Higher tax deductions for investment in fossil fuel extraction
infrastructure
Act on energy saving obligations
Excise tax exemption for domestic aviation
Act to support power from distric heating, based on e.g. natural gas
Aviation in EU ETS
Public R&D expenditures
E erg pri es a d osts i Europe
Average size, mill.
EUR
72.1
59.6
30.1
23.3
19.7
15.4
3.2
Oil and gas: 2.2
Coal: 0.15
Other fossils: 0.8
Note: The average size is for most of the subsidies for the period 2008-16. The Green Check is
excluded from the list, as it is not a fossil subsidy. It was introduced in 2010 to compensate persons
with relatively low incomes for increased environmental and energy taxes etc. in relation to the so
alled Sp i g Pa kage . f o
. The G ee Che k the efo e has a pu pose elated to
distribution policy and has a neglectable effect for the energy consumption in Danish households.
Source: Trinomics mentions several sources for this data, including IEA, EEA, EC, CIRCABC for R&D,
ETS and tax exemptions. Moreover the Danish Energy Agency, Ministry of Taxation and Statistics
Denmark are being refered to.
Some of the indirect subsidies mentioned in table 8 are already being phased out, including
act on energy saving obligations and act to support power from district heating. The levels
of the ta o e e g used fo i dust ial p o eses et . follo EU s i i
um levels. Some
uses of fossil energy have lower tax rates or are fully exempted from tax, for example
energy to farms and horticultures, mineral and metallurgical processes and oil- and gas
extraction in the North Sea. Typically the lower taxes on energy for industrial processes etc.
are due to the fact that the relevant firms are facing fierce international competition.
Denmark has a very ambitious target of reducing greenhouse gas emissions with 70 percent
in 2030 compared to 1990 level. Denmark therefore plans to further investigate the topic of
fossil fuel subsidies in the coming years in order to effectively reach the target.
98
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0099.png
Denmark has for many years been working internationally for phasing out fossil fuels.
Denmark has since 2010 been a member of the coalition Friends of Fossil Fuel Subsidy
Reform, the F-FFSR-group, together with Sweden, Norway, Finland, Switzerland, New
Zealand, Ethiopia, Costa Rica and Uruguay. The coalition works for promoting the phasing
out of ineffective fossil fuel subsidies through Friends of Fossil Fuel Subsidy Refrom. The
group has, since the G20 countries decided to phase out ineffective subsidies for fossil fuels
in 2009, been seeking to hold the G20 countries accountable to this goal. During the G20
meetings, Denmark is as a rule represented through the embassies in the respective
country for the G20 meeting, and is thereby exercising direct influence. The F-FFSR-group
also co-finances the Global Subsidies Initiative
43
. The Global Subsdies Initiative analyses the
extent and the effects of subsidies to fossil fuels, including in different emerging and
developing economies.
43
https://www.iisd.org/gsi/about
99
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0100.png
3.2 Dimension Energy efficiency
(i) Energy efficiency obligation schemes and alternative policy measures under
Article 7a and 7b and article 20(6) of Directive 2012/27/EU and to be prepared
in accordance with Annex III to this Regulation
In the Energy Agreement from June 2018 it was agreed that the current Energy Savings
Obligation scheme will end by 31 December 2020. The scheme will be replaced by
competitive subsidy schemes related to private enterprises and buildings.
Denmark will therefore from 2021-2030 fulfil the saving obligations under Article 7(1) in the
EED by alternative policy measures (article 7 b).
The main measures to fulfil the saving obligation will be:
A competitive subsidy scheme related to private enterprises: 300 mio. DKK per year
in 2021-2024
A competitive subsidy scheme related to buildings: 200 mio. DKK per year in 2021-
2024
Efficiency of existing buildings by other measures
Subsidy scheme to replace oil burners with heat pumps in buildings outside the
district heating and gas grids: DKK 20 million per year in 2021-2024
The subsidy scheme related to private enterprises
allocates DKK 300 million for each year
in the period 2021-2024. The scheme is planned to be implemented as a subsidy scheme
with a competitive bidding procedure. Subsidy is granted based on the ratio of subsidy per
saved kWh in the individual projects. Subsidies are first granted to the project with the
lowest costs per saved kWh, then to the one representing the second lowest costs, and so
forth. The scheme is aimed at achieving energy savings in businesses, and is open to energy
saving projects in all types of energy in all private sectors in Denmark and all types of
activities in Denmark including:
Industry/manufacturing
agriculture, fisheries, forestry and horticulture
construction and manufacturing
energy in private service and retail
The scheme primarily targets energy savings in the delivery of services and manufacturing
of p odu ts, ith the ai fo us o so alled p o ess e e g . The efo e,
it is a
prerequisite that more than 50 % of the total savings in any given project is in process
energy. This means that savings in e.g. space heating and cooling are only eligible when
combined with savings in process energy.
The subsidy scheme related to buildings
allocates DKK 200 million for each year in the
period 2021-2024. The scheme is planned to be implemented as a competitive based
subsidy scheme aimed at achieving energy savings in buildings.
100
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0101.png
Financial aid will be given to owners of buildings who have renovated their buildings in
accordance with a specific list of energy savings belonging to the subsidy scheme. In order
to achieve as much savings as possible the projects will compete in relation to the amount
of energy savings per square meter in the application. Furthermore the energy label for
buildings is planned to be used in the scheme, and data from the label used for
documentation. To help realization of energy savings in private buildings there will also be
focus on campaigns aiming at support realizing the potential for energy savings.
Efficiency of existing buildings by other measures
is significantly increased through the
requirements to the renovation of buildings in the building codes, as well as through
information campaigns regarding technological opportunities and financial measures
available to building owners.
Subsidy scheme to replace oil burners with heat pumps in buildings outside the district
heating and gas grids
allocates DKK 20 million for each year in the period 2021-2024. The
scheme is planned to be implemented as a subsidy scheme with the objective to replace oil
burners with heat pumps in buildings located in areas without access to district heating or
the gas grid.
Table 10 shows the calculated cumulative effect of these measures.
Table 10: Effect of measures
Cumulative
2030 (PJ)
Subsidy scheme private enterprises
Subsidy scheme buildings
Efficiency of existing buildings by other
measures
4,84
1,19
5,00
Cumulative
2021-2030 (PJ)
41,16
10,11
27,50
Subsidy scheme to replace oil burners with heat To be updated
pumps in buildings outside the district heating
and gas grids
Danish target
44
Gap to be fulfilled
48,8
37,77
To be updated
268,5
189,73
Note: The data will be updated after the adoptation of the forthcoming climate action plan.
44
See page 47 for more information on the obligation.
101
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0102.png
Denmark is aware, that the current measures fall short of reaching the energy saving
obligations under article 7 of Directive 2012/27/EU. This is partly due to the use of a frozen
policy scenario, wherein only measures from the period 2021-2024 are included.
The Danish Government has committed itself to an ambitious climate policy, which aims to
edu e De a k s e issio s of g ee house gases
by 70% by 2030, relative to 1990 levels.
Moreover, the Danish Government is committed to fulfill the energy saving obligations
under article 7. Measures and instruments contributing to the obligation will be outlined in
the upcoming climate action plans. The climate action plans will, amongst other things,
include energy efficiency measures, including energy saving requirements for public sector
buldings and a national strategy for sustainable construction. Moreover, the Government is
working on a plan for the implementation of article 5 in EED in the period 2021-2030. In
addition, the Danish Government will work towards increased electrification of the
transport sector, industry and society in general, which can also result in energy savings.
(ii) Long-term renovation strategy to support the renovation of the national
stock of residential and non-residential buildings, both public and private,
including policies, measures and actions to stimulate cost-effective deep
renovation and policies and actions to target the worst performing segments of
the national building block, in accordance with article 2a of EPBD
Denmark will submit its long-term renovation strategy separately, as soon as it is finished,
but no later than the 10
th
of Marts 2020.
(iii) Description of policy and measures to promote energy services in the public
sector and measures to remove regulatory and non-regulatory barriers that
impede the uptake of energy performance contracting and other energy
efficiency service models
The Danish Government has implemented the following measures to promote energy
services in the public sector:
The Government has developed a general concept for OPP (= Public/Private Partnerships),
which encourages public authorities to enter into partnerships with private partners in
order to reduce costs and increase efficiency in the public sector. OPP-projects play an
important role in construction and renovation of buildings in the public sector. The core of
the concept is that construction or renovation and maintenance of public buildings is
carried out by private partners, while the public pays an agreed rent for the use of the
buildings based on a long term contract. ESCO-projects can be considered as a special class
of OPP-projects with focus on energy renovation.
ESCO-projects can be considered as a special class of OPP-projects with focus on energy
renovation. In an OPP ESCO project (ESCO = energy service company) a private ESCO will
take on the responsibility of financing and implementing energy savings in a public building
or buildings. Sometimes the ESCO will also handle the future operation of the installed
energy installations. The ESCO company and the owner of the building or buildings will
usually sign an energy performance contract, where the remuneration of the ESCO
company depends on the actual energy savings obtained.
102
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0103.png
It is compulsory for local authorities to consider the use of OPP whenever they decide to
carry out new construction or renovation of buildings.
OPP-projects are supported by standard contracts and manuals, which have been
developed by the Government for local authorities.
Furthermore, the Government is disseminating information on ESCO and how to use the
ESCO-model in relation to energy performance contracting as a tool to improve the energy
efficiency in buildings owned by local and regional authorities.
It is estimated that there are no regulatory barriers to the use of energy contracting. This is
documented by the fact, that there has been an increase in the use of ESCOs in the public
sector. Over the last years 22 % of all municipalities have chosen to carry out energy
efficiency projects using energy performance contracting with private partners.
To overcome non-regulatory barriers, the Government is disseminating information on
ESCOs to regional and local authorities.
(iv) Other planned policies, measures and programmes to achieve the indicative
national energy efficiency contributions for 2030 as well as other objectives
referred to in point 2.2 (for example measures to promote the exemplary role of
public buildings and energy-efficient public procurement, measures to promote
energy audits and energy management systems
45
, consumer information and
training measures
46
, and other measures to promote energy efficiency
47
)
Energy audits for large enterprises
As regards energy audits and management systems (EED Article 8) Act No 345 of 8 April
2014 contains the overarching requirements for energy audits of large enterprises, which
entails an obligation for large enterprises to carry out a mandatory energy audit every four
years on their total energy consumption, including processes, buildings and transport. The
enterprises can also fulfil their obligation by using and maintaining a certified energy
management system or a certified environmental management system that includes an
energy audit as part of the management system. The minimum requirements for energy
audits are stipulated in the Executive Order 1382 of 29 November 2018 on energy audits in
large enterprises, which was issued pursuant to the Act. To accommodate that non-SME
companies should do energy audits which are cost-effective the opportunity to do a
simplified energy audit for companies with a yearly energy consumption lower than
1.000.000 kWh/yr will be implemented in a new Executive Order. The requirements are
now in the process of being updated and a new Executive Order is expected to be adopted
on 1 January 2020.
Consumer information and training
45
46
In accordance with Article 8 of Directive 2012/27/EU.
In accordance with Articles 12 and 17 of Directive 2012/27/EU
47
In accordance with Article 19 of Directive 2012/27/EU.
103
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0104.png
In regards to consumer information and training and with a reference to Articles 12 and 17
in the EED, the Danish Energy Agency will draw up an action plan for the information
campaign on energy efficiency at end-user level. The aim is to promote energy efficient
solutions and purchasing and energy efficient behaviour among end-users. The information
campaign focuses on end users with home owners, the public sector, and commercial
enterprises as specific focus areas.
Improving the energy efficiency of buildings and
support energy efficient
behaviour in
connection to the use of buildings is a priority in the Danish public and consumer
information campaign. This involves preparing material on energy efficient solutions,
information on building regulations, and better access to information and knowledge about
e e g e o atio . The Da ish E e g Age
s e site
.spa e e gi.dk is the
a k o e of The Da ish Age
s o
u i
ation with the end users concerning energy
efficient solutions both in private households and in public and private enterprises.
BedreBolig is a scheme offering advice, which was launched in autumn 2014. There is no
financial support to the building owners via the scheme. The scheme is being administered
by the Danish Energy Agency. The aim of the scheme is to make it easier and clearer for
building owners how to renovate their homes by offering a one-stop shop with
comprehensive, expert advice throughout the energy renovation process.
Training and awareness-raising about energy efficiency are also important elements in the
Da ish E e g Age
s o k to i p o e e e g effi ie . The E e g Pe fo a e
Certificate and BedreBolig-scheme contains a large element of training. In connection with
the schemes, training courses has been set up for craftsmen, construction engineers,
engineers, architects etc.
The Energy Agreement from June 2018 includes measures to improve the use of data and
digitalisation to promote energy efficiency. Special emphasis is put on using data to
improve the quality and use of the Energy Performance Certificates (EPC), which are
produced in accordance with the Directive Energy Performance of Buildings Directive. The
EPC is based on a physical review of the building where an energy consultant collects
information about the building. The improved EPC scheme will use automatic digital
validations in the electronic calculation programs, so that the energy consultant's
registrations are assessed even before the EPC is issued to the building owner. It is
expected to increase the quality of the approximately 60,000 EPCs that are issued annually,
where in 2018 alone, approximately 150,000 profitable savings proposals were indicated.
Also, the Danish Energy Agency is working on simplifying the access to the EPC-database
and making it more searchable, so that building owners and other stakeholders can make
better use of the many data behind the EPC.
Furthermore, the Energy Agreement includes measures to improve consumer information
and awareness targeted at end-users and energy service companies with the view of
improving energy efficiency and the market for energy services.
The Knowledge Centre for Energy Savings in Buildings is a service for craftsmen and
educational institutions concerning energy efficiency improvements. The centre has worked
104
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0105.png
with industry organisation within the area of mediating knowledge to its members, and
provides on regular basis courses to support the general further education of craftsmen.
Furthermore, educational efforts are carried out by the labour market training centres.
The building job scheme
The building job scheme is a tax incentive scheme for energy efficiency in buildings. Energy
efficiency is not the primary goal of the tax scheme, but it is a clear
derivative
effect and
many parts of the scheme are directly targeted at improving the energy efficiency in
buildings, for example through the installation of heat pumps, new windows etc.
The building job scheme allows for a tax deduction of ca. 26 % on up to DKK 12.200 (EUR
1.848) of the salary to craftsmen salary (expenses to materials are not included).
Energy-efficient public procurement
A revision of Ministerial Order regarding energy efficiency in state institutions No 9477 of 2
July 2014 will impose a requirement for energy efficient public sector procurement
including the procurement of products, services and buildings where this is cost-effective,
economical feasibility, in accordance with wider sustainability, technical suitability, as well
as sufficient competition. Furthermore, the Government will provide general information
on energy efficient procurement through the following websites:
https://sparenergi.dk/offentlig/vaerktoejer/indkoebsanbefalinger
http://www.csr-indkob.dk
http://www.gronneindkob.dk/
(v) Where applicable, a description of policies and measures to promote the role
of local renewable energy communities in contributing to the implementation of
policies and measures in points i, ii and iv
Denmark facilitates public meetings at the local level, to promote and share expertise on
energy efficiency and the use of renewable energy by home owners. These meetings are
organized and funded by the Danish Energy Agency with participants from SparEnergi.dk
and the local municipality. The meetings especially contribute to the information campaigns
described in section iv and the transition from oil boilers to heat pumps.
As part of the Danish commitment to comply with the DIRECTIVE (EU) 2018/2001 article 18
a qualification scheme is managed by the Danish Energy Agency. The qualification scheme
validates the qualification of the installer to ensure energy efficient installations and is
promoted at the citizen-oriented homepage SparEnergi.dk and at local energy meeting for
citizens.
(vi) Description of measures to utilize energy efficiency potentials of gas and
electricity infrastructure
48
48
In accordance with Article 15(2) of Directive 2012/27/EU.
105
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0106.png
In 2015 The Danish Energy Agency together with the Danish TSO Energinet, The Danish
Energy Association and the Danish DSO, HMN Natural Gas published the report
Potentialevurdering for energieffektivitet i el-
og gasi frastruktur i Da ark (The
potential for energy efficiency in the Danish electricity and gas infrastructure).
The report was published to meet the obligations in directive 2012/27/EU, art. 15(2). The
report both addresses the energy efficiency potentials for transit and distribution in the
electricity and gas sector and gas storage.
Electricity infrastructure
In order to increase the capacity on critical electrical transmission lines, the Danish
transmission system operator Energinet has implemented a system for dynamic line rating
which adapts the capacity to the current ambient conditions. Also System Integrity
Protection Schemes are used to allow a higher loading without jeopardising operational
security. Furthermore, Energinet is in close cooperation with other European TSOs to
develop a Common Grid Model which features a harmonised approach for congestion
forecasts across Europe. While some aspects of those activities result in greater grid losses,
all these actives combined with improved simulation models allow a high utilisation of the
transmission system which enables more renewable energy to be integrated.
Energinet is now also preparing procedures to support the use of excess heat to district
heati g f o E e gi et s fa ilities o a o
-profit basis, where it is socioeconomically
ia le. While ot di e tl i easi g the effi ie
of E e gi et s ele t i it t a s issio
activities, the utilization of the heat generated through electricity losses, decreases the loss
of value for the Danish society as a whole.
Gas infrastructure
The energy loss in the Danish gas net is very low and is approximately 0,06 % of the total
gas being transported. The energy loss of gas from storage is expected in the same ratio.
Efficiency potentials are primarily related to the choice of components; compressors and
boilers and the choice of pressure and temperature. As an example, all compressor drives in
the Danish system are electrical powered.
The gas net is continuously optimized and components are renewed with more energy
efficient components, when the old components are replaced.
Because of the very low net loss it is not possible to point to significant efficiency
potentials, which is not being taken care of in the continuous maintenance of the grid.
(vii) Regional cooperation in this area, where applicable
Nordic Co-operation on Energy Efficiency
The Nordic cooperation on energy efficiency was until 2019 conducted in the networking
group on energy efficiency (NGEE). The group consisted of experts from the Ministries and
energy authorities in the Nordic countries. At present, much of the regional cooperation on
energy efficiency is being conducted by the networking group on ecodesign and energy
labeling.
106
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0107.png
The main objectives of the co-operation in this area are to promote Nordic co-operation on
energy efficiency initiatives and to implement EU/EEA directives and programs.
Below are some recent examples of Nordic energy efficiency co-operation.
A Nordi Approa h to the EU’s Heati g a d Cooli g Strategy
The p oje t had t o goals: to p ese t a su e o Heati g a d Cooli g to ge e ate
information which will help Nordic politicians, government officials and other interest
groups to further develop the market for these solutions and as a key objective to identify
the o
o i te est of No di ou t ies a d to a a ge a o kshop i B ussels to
p ese t the good p a ti es f o the No di ountries,
further development areas, and
serve as a starting point for discussions concerning the different options for regulatory
app oa hes i the heati g a d ooli g a ket .
Mainstreaming energy services and EPC in the Nordic countries
The objective of the project is to strengthen the Nordic market for energy services and EPC
by
-
creating networks among local authority clients and facilitators in the Nordic
countries,
-
increasing exchange of information and mutual capacity building, and by
-
mainstreaming the way of conducting energy efficiency projects.
Nordic cooperation ecodesign and energy labelling
The Nordic cooperation on market surveillance and policy work on Ecodesign and Energy
Labelling is conducted in the Nordsyn working group. It is cooperation among Nordic
market surveillance authorities (MSAs) and policy agencies.
Ecodesign and Energy Labelling supplies nearly half the energy savings target set by the EU
in 2020. Effective regulations and efficient market surveillance is essential if this is to be
realized and Nordsyn aims to improve the efficiency of Nordic market surveillance and
policy input. Nordic authorities, producers and consumers benefit from Nordsyn while
green growth and energy efficiency are supported. The results and structure of Nordsyn can
also be used to improve market surveillance in other EU countries.
Nordsyn sub projects
In 2018, Nordsyn focus on 1) the strategic Nordic product heat pumps with two studies on
how the products work in reality in the Nordic climate; 2) an information film on the new
product database and coming revised energy labelling; 3) a Nordcrawl2 project in which the
previous developed Nordcrawl web crawling tool will be applied to give valuable input to
market surveillance and policy work.
Earlier projects include: Barriers for market surveillance cooperation (2012 and 2013-2015),
Working methods (2013-2015), Information material (2013), Strategic Nordic products
Heat pumps (2014), Challenges for market surveillance
difficult products (2015-2017),
Effects of market surveillance (2013-2014), Cooperation with customs (2013-2014), How
small countries work with ecodesign and energy labelling (2013-2014), Energy labelling
online information film (2016), Heat pump list prospect (2016), Strategic Nordic products -
107
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0108.png
Windows (2017-2018), Heat pump reality studies phase 1 and 2 (2017-2018), Recycler
interview study (2017-2018).
Results from Nordsyn
The most appreciated result of Nordsyn is that the Nordic countries now regularly share
questions, commission answers, discussions, test results and plans. Even though the core of
Nordsyn is continuous contact and exchange of market surveillance results, Nordsyn has
also given the possibility to perform a number of projects that improve Nordic market
surveillance and knowledge of legislation among producers, retailers and consumers.
Effects-project:
This study showed a prevented energy loss worth 28 million Euros for a
market surveillance cost of around 2 million Euros in the Nordic countries, and an overall
rate of 6.3% non-compliance. These results show that the market surveillance is cost
efficient, especially when countries cooperate.
Strategic Nordic products Heat pumps-project:
The project resulted in an overview of
legislation, national work and recommendations. Some of these recommendations are
further studied in the 2017 and 2018 heat pump projects.
Challenges-project:
The project contains a number of product studies on how to perform
market surveillance on complex products (ventilation units, transformers, professional
refrigeration etc.).
(viii) Financing measures, including Union support and the use of EU funds, in the
area at national level
The financing of energy efficiency initiatives is generally speaking not a major barrier for
most projects in Denmark. This is due to a well-established practise of furnishing loans for
energy efficiency projects through home equity loans. The low interest rates of the past
decade have further increased the possibility for acquiring affordable loans for both private
citizens and business and has made the projects more profitable by lowering interest
payments. This is supplemented with flexible rules for establishing new finance measures
such as green bonds and the possibility for establishing special finance facilities for energy
projects.
The Danish pension funds and other parties are able to participate in energy projects by
pooling project in cooperation with other actors as well as through ESCO and OPP schemes.
Most of the i itiati es a d poli ies des i ed i De a k s i teg ated e e g a d li ate
plan, including all the measures in the Energy Agreement from June 2018, are funded
through the state budget.
The e e e g la elli g La el
-2022) is funded by EU through Horizon2020.
108
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0109.png
3.3 Dimension Energy security
(i) Policies and measures related to the elements set out in 2.3
On December 6, 2019 the Government reached an agreement on a new Climate Act with 8
out of the 10 parties in the Danish Parliament. The act will include a legally binding target to
reduce greenhouse gases by 70% by 2030 (relative to 1990 level), to reach net zero
emissions by 2050 at the latest, and to set milestone targets based on a five-year cycle. The
Government will adapt climate action plans, which will contribute to ensuring that national
reduction targets are met.
The climate actions plan will amongst other things include the following initiatives in regard
to electricity and energy security:
-
-
A unified strategy for electrification of the transport sector, industry and society in
general
Investigating the potential for Denmark to prepare a common strategy with the
North Sea nations for a significant expansion and exploitation of the offshore wind
potential
Investigating the potential for Denmark to construct the first energy island by 2030,
with a minimum of 10 GW connected
-
In addition, on 2 December 2019 the Government reached agreement with the Red-Green
Allia e, the So ial Li e al Pa t , the So ialist People s Pa t a d the Alte ati e o the
Finance Act 2020. The parties agreed, among other things, to initiate a screening of Danish
waters that can identify locations suitable for future offshore wind, which also will include
screening for potential locations for a so-
alled hu
-and-spoke
o ept ith i i u
GW offshore wind capacity connected. The parties further agreed to allocate funds in
support of large-scale power-to-X technologies. The parties agreed to allocate 30 million
DKK in 2020, 27 million DKK in 2021 and 8 million DKK in 2022. Additionally the
Government will also, together with other ambitious nations, push for an expansion of
sustainable energy in the EU so that the EU becomes self-reliant in terms of energy.
The 2018 Energy Agreement sets out the policies and trajectories on energy security for the
coming years. With the agreement, the Parliament has set the path towards a renewables
share of total energy consumption of approximately 55 % in 2030. A list of initiatives from
the Energy Agreement of 2018 supports this objective and seeks to ensure that Denmark
has the most integrated, market-based and flexible energy system in Europe, with efficient
energy utilisation across sectors and with a continued strong security of supply.
The general movement of the Danish energy sectors goes towards further diversification as
a result of a political ambition to increase the amount of renewables in the energy mix and
the technical challenges with the fluctuation of wind and solar power. At the moment
Denmark invests in a variety of energy technologies focused on increasing the variation of
possibilities in production, transmission, distribution and consumption.
109
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0110.png
Cybersecurity
The strategy for cyber and information security correlates with legislation which also
pushes the energy sectors and businesses to adapt to the new cyber and information threat
assessments. The legislation in connection with the strategy and the ongoing discussions
and collaboration in the energy sectors between authorities, business and other relevant
contributors ensure resilience towards the complexity that dominate the cyber and
information security scene. Cyber and information security threats are rarely restricted to
one sector only. Therefore, The Danish Energy Agency cooperates with other authorities
and companies in the sector to find collective solutions to manage these threats.
Electricity supply security
In spite of the fact that fluctuating renewable energy constitutes an increasingly larger
share of the electricity generation in Denmark, currently close to 50 %, there have not yet
been any incidents of lack of electricity supply due to electricity generation inadequacy.
Currently, the level of security of electricity supply in Denmark is very high, also compared
to the rest of Europe. In 2018 electricity was available when demanded 99,996 % of the
time, and the average number of outage minutes were 22 per consumer over a year. The
outages have primarily been due to failures and planned outages in the distribution grid.
They are rarely related to faults in the transmission grid and have never been due to lack of
capacity.
Such statistics and the general state of the electricity security of supply are presented in the
annual Security of electricity supply report, prepared by the Danish TSO, Energinet. Each
year Energinet is required to report on the state of the security of electricity supply and on
their forecasts for the security of supply level at least ten years ahead in time, analysing the
generation adequacy for the eastern and western part of Denmark separately, in order to
ensure a continuous monitoring of the developments of the capacity in the system. This
was formalised in the amendment to the Electricity Supply Act, Act No 704, passed by
Parliament on 8 June 2018 and further detailed in the Executive Order 1217 of 15 October
2018.
By Act No 704 of 8 June 2018 and Executive Order 1217 of 15 October 2018 it is also
determined that the Minister of Climate, Energy and Utilities shall announce a planning
target for the level of electricity supply security, given in outage minutes, by January each
year starting in 2020, on the basis of the Security of electricity supply report prepared by
Energinet.
The Danish Energy Agency is also monitoring the level of electricity security and is
conducting analyses and forecasts regularly in parallel with Energinet, in order to have a
good understanding of the developments and an insight into required investments in the
system.
The models indicate that the eastern part of Denmark will experience some generation
inadequacy, sooner than the western part of Denmark, when forecasting the decade to
come. The generation inadequacy is expected to be limited to a number of outage minutes
110
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0111.png
rather than hours, for the average consumer, though. The level of inadequacy and the
possible countermeasures are currently being investigated.
The Danish electricity supply security is susceptible to electricity generation inadequacy in
the surrounding countries since the interconnectivity level in Denmark is very high and
since the other countries will increase the share of intermittent renewable energy sources
as well. This is a risk that is also being assessed in the models forecasting the security of
electricity supply. An analysis of the generation adequacy in 2050 has been carried out in
2014, which is presented in the
Energy Scenarios Towards 2020, 2035 and 2050
publication
made by the Danish Energy Agency. The analysis showed that given a scenario of an energy
mix largely based on wind resources Denmark should be able to manage to keep up the
supply security by having storages of gas to rely on when problems occur, but there are
great risks of inadequacy problems when more intermittent resources are incorporated in
the systems. It is therefore necessary to continuously monitor regional developments with
respect to security of electricity supply.
The policies and measures aimed at increasing the
interconnectivity
to the neighbouring
countries are presented in section 3.4. There is a great deal of cooperation between
Denmark and neighbouring European countries, which will help support the electricity
supply in Denmark.
In regard to extending the amount of
electricity generators,
it was decided with the Energy
Agreement of 2018 that Denmark is going to establish three additional large offshore wind
farms and that renewable energy sources in general shall be subsidized by technology
neutral tenders. The specific policies and measures are described in section 3.1.2.
To further the integrating of electricity and other energy resources and by using data and
digitalisation of the system to optimize the system the Ministry of Climate, Energy and
Utilities is developing a
smart energy
action plan as prescribed by the Energy Agreement of
2018.
The way that Denmark is going to support the development of a
flexible and market-driven
electricity system
is currently being analysed. A project mandated by the Energy
Agreement of 29 June 2018 - called the Market Model 3.0 - has been initiated. The main
focus of the project will be on promoting market-based solutions for the benefit of
consumers, taking into account the effective integration of renewable energy and a
continued high level of electricity supply security. The project includes establishing an
efficient market design, localising and implementing favourable conditions for flexibility in
the market and regulating the different actors and the monopolies, such that the electricity
market functions in the best possible way, and in connection to the rest of Europe. This
p oje t is losel li ked to the i pla tatio of the EU s i itiati e Clea e e g fo all
Eu opea s f. the a e ded egulatio a d di
ective on electricity market design). The
purpose of connecting the implementation of the Clean Energy for all Europeans to Market
Model 3.0 is to ensure that implementation of the new EU market design is not detached
from other initiatives and initiatives that are needed to promote a smart and flexible energy
system.
111
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0112.png
The implementation of smart meters, which are being rolled out in all of Denmark as in the
rest of the EU, is one of the means to create
demand response,
as more data and
information can help consumers reallocate their electricity consumption more efficiently.
By the end of 2020 all consumers can be settled on an hourly basis.
Another way of creating
demand response
is via economic incentives. Therefore, the
Energy Agreement from 2018 encompasses a plan to look into how a new tariff system
could be structured, among other things to facilitate demand response and a more flexible
energy system with efficient use of the existing infrastructure. An interdepartmental
working group has been established to manage the task to analyse a model for more cost
effective tariffs. The goal is to identify a model for more cost driven tariffs. Work is ongoing
and the working group will be assisted in the analysis process by a group of interested
parties.
In addition to end user demand response, electrification of the Danish district heating
system has a large potential for energy storage in the form of diurnal heat stores already
operated by combined heat and power plants in addition to an increasing number of
seasonal heat storage systems being deployed. Influenced by variable tariffs, deployment of
electric heat pumps and electric boilers for heat production is expected to increase the
demand response of the district heating system significantly.
To this end, the Energy Agreement lowered energy taxes on electricity used for heat
production and included several measures supporting the deployment of heat pumps both
on a household and district heating level (see section 3.2).
Solutions regarding
energy storage
will also be promoted concretely through an Energy
storage fund of 128 million DKK. In December 2019 money was granted to two Power-to-X-
projects. The projects will establish big scale production and storage of green hydrogen.
Both projects have an ambition to demonstrate production and consumption of green
hydrogen on near market based conditions.
As stated a o e, the Go e
e t s o i g li ate a tio pla
s, will amongst other things,
include initiatives that contribute to the electricity supply security. The Danish Government
aims to investigate the potential for Denmark to prepare a common strategy with the North
Sea nations for a significant expansion and exploitation of the offshore wind potential and
furthermore investigate the potential for Denmark to construct the first energy island by
2030, with a minimum of 10 GW connected.
The heating sector
As described in section 2.3, heating is not considered a critical energy service. Thus there
are no targets or policies ensuring the overall security of heat supply.
In relation to the termination of the subsidy for decentral combined heat and power plants,
ho e e , the e is a isk of st a ded ostu e s ei g left ith o alte ati es as a fe
district heating systems might shut down.
The 2018 Energy Agreement includes a package of initiatives directed at the decentral level
as combined heat and power plants no longer are benefiting from the subsidy. The
112
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0113.png
initiatives include consulting services provided by professional advisors and technology
neutral tenders, both aimed at improving energy related and financial efficiency of
operations. For plants terminating operations, policies are being developed to handle
stranded assets in addition to a scheme for financial support for stranded customers
establishing new heating solutions.
In regard to supporting the green transition of the heating sector, the Energy Agreement of
2018 also includes initiatives to this end. For instance, the use of surplus heat is supported
through the abolition of the PSO system, through a reduction of the tax on electricity used
for heating, and through a plan to simplify the rules regarding surplus heat and allocate 133
million DKK as of 2020 for the purpose. Geothermal energy utilization is also supported by
the reduction of the tax on electricity used for heating, and by a scheme set up to limit the
financial risks related to the geothermal drilling which was extended to 2024 with the
Energy Agreement.
The natural gas sector
The producer in the North Sea has announced that the main gas production facility in the
North Sea
Tyra
will be shut down from November 2019 to July 2022 in order to
renovate the facility. The decision has been taken due to security reasons, as the platform
has sunk since the facility came on stream in 1984, and the fact that the waves are
becoming higher and more powerful. During the shut-down, gas flows on shore to Denmark
will be reduced to about 10 % of the gas delivered in 2018. The oil production in the
southern part of the North Sea is expected to continue during the period of renovation and
the associated gas production can be evacuated to the Netherlands through the NOGAT
pipe line system. However, it is expected that the export to the Netherlands will not exceed
1 BCM per year.
The Tyra shut-down period represents a new challenge for the Danish as well as the
Swedish security of gas supply, as the gas markets will be almost fully relying on supplies
from Germany and the two Danish storage facilities. Thanks to the former expansion of the
transmission system in the Northern part of Germany and in the southern part of Jutland,
the import capacity from Germany in combination with the storage capacity should be
sufficient to ensure gas supply to the Danish and Swedish customers. However, the gas
system will be significant less flexible and more vulnerable during the reconstruction of the
Tyra gas facility.
The Tyra shut-down means that Denmark will not have any gas export during the shut-
down period. Today, Denmark export more than 1 billion m
3
of gas to Sweden. During the
Tyra shut-down Denmark will serve as transit between the European and Swedish gas
markets.
The effect of the refurbishment of Tyra on the energy mix is expected to be negligible, as
the energy mix rather is an effect of the energy and taxation politics than an effect of the
energy supply. For instance, political goals of increasing the share of biogas can decrease
the demand for natural gas, while the reduced supply from Tyra probably will be
substituted by German supplies. It is possible that the natural gas will increase slightly in
113
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0114.png
price due to extra transportation cost and competition in the gas market, which can drive
down the demand, but it will most likely only have a small effect on the energy mix.
When the Tyra facility comes on stream again, Denmark will return to be a net exporter of
gas. It is expected that the degree of self-sufficiency of gas will be about 160-170 % and
that Denmark will continue to be self-sufficient to at least
2035. The gas can either be consumed in Denmark or exported to Sweden, Germany or the
Netherland. The production from Tyra is expected to be around 8 million m
3
/day, that is
maximum 3 billion m
3
/year, and the Danish and the Swedish consumption is expected to
have an equivalent size after 2022.
Oil
As part of The North Sea agreement from March 2017 the Parliament adopted new
legislation amending the Danish Subsoil Act and the Pipeline Act to secure improved
conditions for third-party access to infrastructure in the Danish North Sea. The amendment
came into force in January 2018.
A pool of 100 million DKK for green initiatives in relation to oil and gas extraction was
established alongside the North Sea agreement.
In 2019 exploration and drilling for oil, gas and shale gas on land and in coastal areas has
officially ended when a bill regarding the Danish subsoils passed, entailing the
discontinuation of oil and gas exploitation on land and in the coastal waters. GEUS
(Geological Survey of Denmark and Greenland) and the Danish Energy Agency have made
an updated assessment of the oil and gas potential on land and in the inland waters. They
deem that there are no potential sources of societal significance on land in Denmark.
The decision means that all future exploration and extraction of oil and gas in Denmark will
not be possible on land and in coastal areas.
Biomass
Nearly all of the forest biomass used for production of district heating and electricity is
covered by a voluntary Danish industry agreement, concluded in 2014.
The purpose of the agreement is to ensure that biomass used in Denmark fulfils
internationally recognized sustainability demands. Thus, the biomass must come from
forests that are operated in a sustainable way, and the use of biomass has to lead to real
CO2 reductions. The sustainability of the used biomass has to be documented in annual
reports verified by a third party.
The agreement comprises all plants producing district heat and electricity based on wood
pellets and wood chips. Only plants with a capacity above 20 MW have to provide the
documentation. The agreement covers wood from forests, but not wood from other areas
such as farm land, cities etc. (See section 2.1.2).
Denmark will implement the sustainability criteria of the VE II. In light of this
implementation, the role of the industry agreement will be considered, as well as possible
new regulation covering the use of biomass in other sectors.
114
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0115.png
(ii) Regional cooperation in this area
Denmark is promoting regional cooperation by participating in the Nordic risk preparedness
cooperation group (NordBER) and by facilitation of the operational coordination between
the Nordic Electricity TSOs in the Nordic Regional Security Coordinator (RSC) stationed in
Denmark.
The natural gas sector
The Danish TSO (Energinet) and the Polish TSO (Gaz-System) have taken the final
investment decision to establish the Baltic Pipe project. The project will make it possible to
transport up to 10 BCM Norwegian gas to Poland from October 2022 through the Danish
gas infrastructure. The project will connect the Danish and Polish gas markets including the
possibility for Denmark to import gas from Poland.
With regard to the implementation of Regulation 2017/1938 concerning measures to
safeguard the security of gas supply, Denmark participates in the risk groups Norway, Baltic
Sea and Denmark. Denmark leads the risk group and a final report has been prepared and
notified to the Commission. Furthermore, Denmark will have to make agreements with
Germany and Sweden in technical, legal and financial arrangements in order to ensure that
gas can be supplied to solidarity protected customers in one of the Member States in case
of a request. A dialog with Germany and Sweden on these arrangements is ongoing.
(iii) Where applicable, financing measures in this area at national level, including
Union support and the use of Union funds
Not applicable, since the objectives to diversify our energy system and become
independent from energy sources from third countries has been on the agenda in Denmark
since
the e d of the
ies, hi h ea s that ost of the effo ts has ee a ied out
over a long period of time as a result of the energy policy and not as a result of projects
needing special financing. That said fragments of the overall energy policy on the energy
security dimension are financially supported. For instance the efforts of promoting energy
efficiency are supported by different schemes; see section 3.2 for more information. The
implementation of wind turbines and solar photovoltaics and other renewables is also
subsidized to some extent; see section 3.1.2, which contributes to the energy security and
independence from other energy sources. But in general the energy security that Denmark
relies on is an outcome of the historic development of the energy system.
115
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0116.png
3.4 Dimension Internal energy market
3.4.1 Electricity infrastructure
(i) Policies and measures to achieve the targeted level of interconnectivity as set
out in point (d) of Article 4
Denmark has no specific target regarding interconnectivity, but analysis of new feasible
interconnectors remains to be a priority. In Denmark new interconnectors are approved
ased o thei so io e o o i alue, see se tio . . . It is the Da ish TSO, E e gi et s,
responsibility to propose new interconnectors to the relevant ministry.
(ii) Regional cooperation in this area
Denmark cooperates with the other North Seas Energy Cooperation countries on the
possibilities for concrete cooperation projects. Besides joint offshore wind projects that
would be connected to and supported by several Member States, this includes the work on
possible 'hybrid' solutions that would use cross-border solutions for connecting offshore
wind farms to the grid and seek synergies with interconnection capacity between countries,
and on the corresponding market arrangements (see section 1.4 for more information).
Furthermore, Nordic TSOs work closely together on Nordic grid development and have
developed a Nordic Grid Development plan 2017. The report is intended to be updated
every two years.
The Nordic Council of Ministers and the underlying Committee of Senior Officials for Energy
and the Electricity Market Group also coordinate on energy issues and monitor for example
the TSO cooperation (also on grid development).
(iii) Where applicable, financing measures in this area at the national level,
including Union support and the use of Union funds
According to the act on Energinet, the Minister of Finance
to the extent that it is
considered as appropriate
covers the Da
ish TSO s fi a i g e ui e e ts
a of state
loans through the central bank of Denmark. It should be noted that in situations where
such loans will be further transferred to subsidiaries of Energinet it follows from the act of
electricity and the act
of atu al gas that E e gi et s t a sa tio s ith its su sidia ies ha e
to be on market terms. Where applicable, projects apply for relevant EU funds e.g. for
development of PCI projects.
116
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0117.png
3.4.2 Energy transmission infrastructure
(i) Policies and measures related to the elements set out in point 2.4.2, including,
where applicable, specific measures to enable the delivery of Projects of Common
Interest (PCIs) and other key infrastructure projects
Infrastructure projects are developed by the Danish TSO and approved by the Danish
Energy Agency and the Ministry for Climate, Energy and Utilities.
No specific measures have been implemented relating to the elements set out in 2.3.2. The
Danish TSO, Energinet, is the sole developer of electricity and gas transmission projects and
these projects are assessed in terms of the need for the project. The need is assessed in
terms of whether it complies with any of the following topics
-
-
-
-
Well-functioning energy markets
Security of supply
Risk preparedness
Integration of renewable energy sources
In addition interconnectors are also assessed in terms of their socio-economic benefit.
No specific measures in addition to the TEN-E regulation have been implemented.
(ii) Regional cooperation in this area
Denmark participates in the relevant fora that are established under the TEN-E regulation,
such as the North Seas Energy Cooperation and the Baltic Energy Market Interconnection
Plan (see section 1.4.1).
In June 2019 the Nordic Energy ministers adopted a new vision for the Nordic electricity
market, also emphasizing the need of the grid infrastructure to be smartly operated, cost-
efficient, robust and without undue constraints, being optimised from a regional
perspective. In the corresponding roadmap to reach the 2030 vision, the Nordic TSOs
strengthen the Nordic grid planning process by taking into account Nordic welfare.
(iii) Where applicable, financing measures in this area at national level,
including Union support and the use of Union funds
In general infrastructure projects are financed through tariffs. The Danish TSO, Energinet,
has made use of the Connecting Europe Facility for feasibility studies and pre-lay
investigation of cable routes etc. and the Baltic Pipe project.
117
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0118.png
3.4.3 Market integration
(i) Policies and measures related to the elements set out in point 2.4.3
To increase market integration further the Nordic TSOs are currently working on a project
to procure fast frequency reserves in order to ensure a sufficient level of inertia in the
Nordic synchronous area. The procurement is expected to start in 2020 or 2021.
With regards to improving real-time price signals, Denmark has updated a national law
49
in
2018, specifying that the Danish TSO shall, as far as possible, procure all energy and non-
energy services that are necessary for security of supply through market-based
mechanisms. The demand for all services has to be published annually. In cases with limited
competition, the TSO shall analyse whether changes to the product definitions and
procurement process could increase competition. The law aims at increasing transparency,
creating price signals for all services, including non-frequency ancillary services, and thus
enabling more market participants, including DER, to participate in the delivery of these
services.
As a result of this, Energinet is currently working on a pilot project where voltage control is
procured locally in a technology-neutral manner. The aim is to develop a product definition
which gives new market actors and technologies the possibility to participate in a potential
market as well as gaining overall experiences with market based procurement of voltage
control.
With regard to system adequacy and the level of security of supply, new legislation
implemented in 2018 prescribes how the Danish TSO is responsible for the system
adequacy and that the Minister of Climate, Energy and Utilities shall determine a planning
target for the level of electricity supply security by January. For more details see section 3.3
Dimension Energy security.
(ii) Measures to increase the flexibility of the energy system with regard to
renewable energy production, such as smart grids, aggregation, demand
response, storage, distributed generation, mechanisms for dispatching, re-
dispatching and curtailment, real-time price signals, including the roll-out of
intraday market coupling and cross-border balancing markets
Implicit Intra-day market coupling in the Nordic Market and between East Denmark and
Germany via Kontek-interconnector has been in place for many years and from June 2018
the former explicit allocation of capacity on the interconnector between West Denmark
and Germany has been replaced by implicit intra-day market coupling (also known as XBID).
Cross-border markets and products are developed in line with the electricity balancing and
Capacity Allocation and Congestion Management guidelines and the corresponding
timeframe.
49
LOV nr 704 af 08/06/2018
118
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0119.png
In Denmark, new renewable energy production cannot receive subsidies in hours with
negative market prices. This is one measure to ensure the right incentives for market
participants and reaction to price signals.
When planning network expansion at the distribution level, DSOs are obliged to consider
whether energy efficiency measures through demand response or decentralised production
may reduce or replace the need to expand capacity.
Demand response is generally encouraged by the roll-out of smart meters and the
establishment of an hourly settlement model in the retail market. As mentioned under (v)
these measure enable the use of dynamic prices and potentially near real-time price signals
to a wide range of customers.
Increased flexibility in energy system is crucial for the green transition and storage can
contribute to that flexibility. The Danish Government established a fund supporting
de elop e t a d de o st atio p oje ts o e e g sto age. The fu d s size is
illio
DKK and it was in December 2019 granted to two Power-to-X-projects. The projects will
establish big scale production and storage of green hydrogen. Both projects have an
ambition to demonstrate production and consumption of green hydrogen on near market
based conditions.
(iii) Where applicable, measures to ensure the non-discriminatory participation
of renewable energy, demand response and storage, including via aggregation, in
all energy markets
As part of the project for a new market model for the electricity market, the Danish Energy
Agency is currently analysing different setups for aggregators in order to find the best
suitable model in a Danish context. This will be concluded and implemented in 2020. A
further task is to identify barriers for new market participants and technologies (such as
storage) to participate in the market. Concrete recommendations for measures are
expected in the first half of 2021.
(iv) Policies and measures to protect consumers, especially vulnerable and,
where applicable, energy poor consumers, and to improve the competitiveness
and contestability of the retail energy market
Denmark has phased out suppliers of last resort and replaced them with a general
obligation to supply. Electricity suppliers are thus obliged to supply any household
usto e , upo the usto e s e uest, i a eas he e
the supplier offers its products. It is
not allowed to enter into time-limited supply agreements with household customers. If
there is particular reason to expect a lack of payment ability or willingness to pay, that is if
the customer is or has been in arrears with payments, the supplier can request a guarantee
from the customer. Only if the request for a guarantee is not fulfilled, the supplier is
allowed to cancel the agreement. At the same time retail price formation is fully
competitive. Market development is closely monitored in order to ensure an appropriate
price level for all consumers.
A supplier centric model has been implemented in 2016 with the aim of ensuring that
suppliers have the primary customer contact, and all costs related to electricity are
119
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0120.png
summed up in one bill sent to the customer by their supplier. In addition, a regulation on
electricity companies' invoicing of costs to electricity consumers
50
has been passed to
ensure that electricity bills are more easily understandable. The regulation sets a minimum
standard on the content of electricity bills.
Denmark has also introduced a datahub that enables all transactions related to the retail
and wholesale market to be managed through one central system operated and owned by
the TSO. This also creates more transparency and ensures a level playing field regarding
access to data.
Denmark has established an online price comparison tool, elpris.dk, operated by the Danish
Utility Regulator that facilitates easier comparison between different suppliers and a
trustworthy source of information on the quality and terms of different products offered in
the market.
I o de to i p o e i fo atio to usto e s a d ease usto e s a ti it o the etail
market the Danish competition and consumer authority has launched a project aiming at an
improvement of the electricity bill and the price comparison tool. The project takes into
account latest findings on behavioural research and puts the consumer perspective into
focus. On more general terms, the competition and consumer authority has published
behavioural principles in consumer-oriented regulation that shall be applied on the
electricity market as well:
1. Consumer-oriented regulation should support as simple and action-oriented
consumer information as possible.
2. Consumer-oriented regulation should support that consumer-oriented information
is presented at the right time in consumer decision-making.
3. Consumer-oriented regulation should be based on the best available knowledge of
consumer behaviour.
A recent change in Danish law
51
requires stricter rules regarding the separated identity of
monopoly and commercial activities in vertically integrated companies. Monopoly
companies have to clearly distinguish themselves (name and logo) in public appearance,
including all sorts of customer contact. The new rules are effective as of 1 July 2018.
Denmark generally addresses energy poverty through social policy, which is not specifically
targeted towards energy.
The social policy guarantees all citizens fundamental rights in case they encounter social
problems such as unemployment, sickness or dependency. Denmark does not have specific
subsidies targeted at energy poverty, however some of the general social policy measures
provide financial support to energy related purposes. Moreover, the income transfer
50
51
BEK nr 1400 af 03/12/2015
LOV nr 662 af 08/06/2017
120
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0121.png
system is in general structured around costs of living, among these energy costs including
taxes. Some of the social policy measures are listed below.
Heating supplement
Old age pensioners and persons who have taken early retirement (based on rules from
before 2003) can apply for heating supplement. The supplement is given to the weakest
part of the pensioners. The pensioners have to pay a part of the heating bill themselves.
The heat supplement is calculated based on an average of three years documented heating
costs, if it exists. The calculation of the heating supplement includes costs to the actual
heating of the housing and hot water.
Special supplementary housing benefit
Persons who meet the requirements to receive social assistance (but who does not
necessarily receive the support) and who has particular high housing costs or high costs to
support large families can receive a special supplementary housing benefit. The conditions
for receiving the special supplementary housing benefit are that the applicant has
experienced a social incident, for instance sickness, unemployment or discontinuance of
cohabitation. The incident moreover has to entail that the citizen does not have the means
to fulfil the basic needs for its own support or for the support of the family. Moreover, a
condition is that the need for support cannot be covered by other social benefits. Before
the municipality provides special supplementary housing benefit, it has to be assessed
whether a fair and cheaper housing can be found. Special supplementary housing benefit is
based on the difference between what the applicant is assumed to be able to pay in
housing costs and net housing costs including water, heat, gas and electricity.
Additional cash support
Based on a concrete assessment the municipality can provide support to reasonable
expenses if a person has experienced changes in conditions (e.g. unemployment or
sickness), and if the expense to a significant degree will make it difficult for the person to
take care of himself in the future. The support can usually only be granted if the expense is
a result of a need that has not been possible to foresee. Based on a concrete assessment
the municipality can, however, make an exception even though it has been possible to
foresee the expense, if the expense has a c
u ial i po ta e to the pe so s a of life. The
support can for instance be given to the payment of a particularly high heating bill.
Other measures that are relevant in regard to energy poverty are the specific subsidies
targeting energy efficiency, particularly in buildings. For more information on these
subsidies see section 3.2.
Finally, a green check was introduced in 2010 with the aim to compensate people with a
relative low income for the higher green taxes.
(v) Description of measures to enable and develop demand response including
those addressing tariffs to support dynamic pricing
By 2020 all Danish customers will have smart meters installed. Simultaneously, the TSO and
distribution grid operators implement a new hourly settlement model, named
121
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0122.png
fle af eg i g , fo s all o su e s < ii .
kWh/ ea . This is the asi p e o dition
for the access to dynamic pricing products that make it possible to benefit from demand
response activities.
Besides the dynamic electricity price, DSOs can choose to apply a time-differentiated tariff
model, and several DSOs have chosen that model to date. Currently, the tariff is based on a
static time-of-use model consisting of two different tariff levels for small consumers. DSOs
and TSO are further developing their tariff models including coordination between
transmission and distribution levels. The 2018 Energy Agreement also includes an initiative
to address potential regulatory barriers in relation to tariffs, in particular how they affect
demand response. An interdepartmental working group has been established for that
purpose.
A large share of the electricity price for Danish household consumers is made up of levies
and taxes. Measures have been put into force that over several years remove the levy for
public service obligations from the electricity bill. Moreover, the 2018 Energy Agreement
contains a substantial reduction of the electricity tax. As a result wholesale prices may be
reflected onto consumers more directly and with less distortions in the future.
Just as reducing the general electricity tax rate, it is also planned to cut the tax on electricity
used for heating further by almost half over the coming years. Primarily, this aims at a
further electrification of the heating sector. At the same time, the new pricing- and tariff
regimes shall ensure the flexible operation of such units.
The Energy Agreement also includes an initiative to explore the possibilities of a dynamic
electricity tax. A dynamic electricity tax can for example increase demand in periods with
low electricity prices where production of renewable electricity is high.
There are no specific barriers in Danish law that inhibit independent service providers to
enter into a contract with a customer, or aggregators from offering demand flexibility. No
difference is made between bids in the market coming from a single source or an
aggregated source. Nonetheless, Denmark seeks to further develop its market model to
facilitate demand response, including through aggregation, and support the utilisation of
flexibility at the distribution level. Therefore, market models are being revised to define and
accommodate aggregators as a stand-alone role in its own right.
122
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0123.png
3.5 Dimension Research, innovation and competitiveness
(i) Policies and measures related to the elements set out in point 2.5
i. National objectives and funding targets for public and where available, private research
and innovation relating the Energy Union, including, where appropriate a timeframe for
when the objectives are to be met
In June 2018 the Danish Parliament made a Energy Agreement. As part of the agreement,
Denmark has committed to spend 580 mill. DKK in 2020 on research, development and
demonstration of new energy technology. With the research reserve agreement 2020, the
Government and all the political parties has agreed to increase spending to green research,
development and demonstration by 1 billion DKK in 2020 in addition to the spending target
in 2020 that follows from the Energy Agreement.
Furthermore, the Energy Agreement states that by 2024 Denmark will spend at least 1
billion DKK on research, development and demonstration of new technologies related to
energy and climate.
In 2020 514 mill. DKK will be allocated to the Energy Technology Development and
Demonstration Program (EUDP). EUDP supports development and demonstration of new
energy technology, as well as research that supports preparation for development and
demonstration. The objective of EUDP is to create growth and jobs, increase the security of
supply, and contribute to the green transition that will make Denmark independent of fossil
energy by 2050. Demonstration projects in particular can be difficult to finance, partly
because they typically demand large financial resources, and partly because they demand a
high risk tolerance. By contributing to financing, the EUDP ensures results from research
and development projects are brought closer to market.
EUDP supports actions under the SET-plan, IEA and Nordic Energy Research, as specified in
section 3.5.(ii).
EUDP was established in 2007 to support national energy targets regarding a stable and
secure energy supply, consideration for the global climate, cost efficiency and business
strengths and potentials through development and demonstration of new energy
technologies. EUDP has from 2011-2015 had an annual budget of approx. 400 mill. DKK.
The budget decreased in 2016 to approx. 190 mill. DKK, but has since increased to approx.
430 mill. In 2019.
EUDP has a politically independent board which is responsible for allocating funds to the
best projects among the applicants. EUDP funds projects in many different energy sectors.
In 2018 the EUDP allocated 86% (approx. 362 mill. DKK) of its funds to four different
sectors: Wind projects received approx. 180 mill. DKK, projects regarding hydrogen and fuel
cells received approx. 82 mill. DKK, projects regarding system integration received approx.
55 mill. DKK, and projects regarding energy efficiency received approx. 43 mill. DKK.
In 2020 83 mill. DKK will be allocated to the energy area in Innovation Fund Denmark (cf.
the Budget proposal 2020). Furthermore, 629 mill. DKK will be allocated to green research
123
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0124.png
in Innovation Fund Denmark in 2020. These funds cover different themes related to green
research, including energy research. Innovation Fund Denmark primarily support projects
focusing on strategic research and development. The two programs thereby cover
technologies approx. from TRL 2-8. Like EUDP, Innovation Fund Denmark has an
independent board which is responsible for allocating funds to concrete projects.
The Danish Parliament has already allocated 90 mill. DKK to research and development
focused on limiting greenhouse gas emissions from the agricultural sector, which is relative
large in Denmark. The 90 mill. DKK will cover the period 2019-2021. The funds will support
the Danish reduction target in 2030 in the non-ETS sector as well as the goal of reducing
greenhouse gasses by 70 % by 2030, relative to 1990 levels.
In the beginning of 2019 the Danish Parliament allocated 50 mill DKK to new test facilities
at Lindoe Offshore Renewables Center (LORC). The money supplements private financing
and will be spent on constructing the
by far
most powerful nacelle test facility in the
world, further underlining the Danish position as world leader in offshore wind.
This is just the latest test facility constructed in Denmark. Under the former Green Labs DK
program a series of test facilities were constructed, most of which are considered
successful and still used by private companies to test new technologies within smart grid,
green gas, heating and cooling and outdoor lighting.
As mentioned, both EUDP and Innovation Fund Denmark support a wide variety of projects.
These programs are supplemented by test facilities as well as funding of climate solutions in
the agricultural sector. Funding of research, development and demonstration of new
energy and climate technologies and instruments is an essential part of securing national
objectives on the other dimensions such as greenhouse gas reductions, further developing
strengths in renewables, new technologies on energy efficiency as well as ensuring a high
energy security.
Denmark does not have any funding targets for private research and innovation relating to
the energy union.
ii. Where applicable, national objectives with regard to competitiveness.
The global green transition market continues to grow. In order to reach the temperature
increase target limit, the international community must invest 90,000 billion Danish kroner
in green transition over the next 11 years. This represents a unique opportunity for the
Danish business community, which must be exploited. Denmark must be known as a nation
of green entrepreneurialism.
With the 2018 Energy Agreement, the parties agree to significantly intensify export
promotion activities in the energy sector
–both
in scale and volume
to a total of 174
million DKK from 2019 to the end of 2024. The current export scheme in the key export
markets of Germany, the UK and the United States will be extended until the end of 2024
124
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0125.png
and expanded to include two new partner countries and the posting of four new energy
advisors.
Denmark will also increase its collaborations with authorities in future growth markets
through public-private partnerships with an increased focus on the promotion of Danish
exports, market development and investments. To this end, 62,3 million DKK from the total
of 174 million DKK have been allocated for projects and activities that serve to further the
export promotion activities in the energy sector. These funds will be allocated through
tenders and subsidies in accordance with the EU state aid rules (de minimis regulation).
In addition, on 2 December 2019 the Government reached agreement with the Red-Green
Allia e, the So ial Li e al Pa t , the So ialist People s Pa t a d the Alternative
on the
Finance Act 2020. The parties agreed to strengthen the green diplomacy. This will happen
amongst other things by strengthening the effort of posting energy advisors in growth
markets with the aim to deploy Danish expertise within energy systems and green
transition. The parties have allocated 5 million annually in the period 2020-2021.
iii. Where available, national 2050 objectives related to the promotion of clean energy
technologies, and where appropriate, national objectives, including long-term targets
(2050) for deployment of low-carbon technologies, including decarbonizing energy and
carbon-intense industrial sectors and, where applicable, for related carbon transport and
storage infrastructure.
Denmark has a long term target of net-zero emission by 2050 at the latest and
independency from fossil fuels. Furthermore, 55% of its energy consumption and more
than 100%. of its electricity consumption must come from renewables by 2030.
As part of the new Go
e
e t s goal
to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 70 % by
2030, relative to 1990 levels, it is essential that funding is in place for research,
development and demonstration as well as deployment of new climate friendly
technologies. New solutions will have to be developed in the energy sector, in
transportation and aviation as well as in the agricultural sector.
Denmark will install three new off-shore wind farms towards 2030. Thereby Denmark will
make itself increasingly independent from fossil fuels. The increasing ratio of renewable
energy production will require further research, development and demonstration of
technologies to fully integrate and exploit the renewable energy when production exceeds
demand. As part of these efforts solutions regarding
energy storage
will also be promoted
concretely through an Energy storage fund of 128 million DKK. In December 2019 money
was granted to two Power-to-X-projects. The projects will establish big scale production
and storage of green hydrogen. Both projects have an ambition to demonstrate production
and consumption of green hydrogen on near market based conditions.
As part of a future green mobility plan the Government wants to stop sales of all new diesel
and petrol cars as of 2030 and enhance low emissions zones. This requires deployment of
new green vehicles in Denmark.
125
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0126.png
(ii) Where applicable, cooperation with other Member States in this area,
including, where appropriate, information on how the SET Plan objectives and
policies are being translated to a national context
Since its establishment, the EUDP has focused on strengthening Denmark's international
collaboration. International collaboration is based on participation in the European
Research Area Networks (ERA-NET's) under the EU Horizon 2020 program; extensive
involvement in IEA Technology Collaboration Programs (formerly Implementing
Agreements); as well as international participation in a number of specific EUDP projects.
Nordic energy research co-operation
Nordic Energy Research (NER) is the platform for cooperative energy research and analysis
in the Nordic region under the auspices of Nordic Council of Ministers. It funds research of
joint Nordic interest that supports these ambitions by expanding knowledge on sustainable
energy and contributing to the development of new, competitive energy solutions.
Denmark is an active member of Nordic Energy Research.
According to its strategy for the period 2018-2021 the vision of NER is to create the
knowledge basis for the Nordic countries to become global leaders in smart energy. The
mission is progressed through Nordic collaboration.
NER manages a number of projects and facilities in various fields, ranging from compilation
of results from ongoing studies, to technical research. As an illustration, in 2015 NER
selected
th ee a itious p oje ts to se e as Flagships fo No di esea h oope atio i
energy for the coming 4-year period, covering such diverse areas as flexible electricity
market design to allow for more wind and solar energy; modelling how to achieve an
energy-efficient and low carbon transportation system; and enabling negative CO2-
emissions through new combustion-related technologies.
With regard to the regional aspects linked to the national energy and climate plans, two
projects are of particular significance:
Nordic Energy Technology Perspectives (NETP) is a Nordic edition of the International
E e g Age
s IEA glo al E e g Te h olog Pe spe ti es. The epo t has ee
published twice (2013 and 2016) and offers a detailed scenario-based regional analysis of
how the Nordic countries can achieve a near carbon-neutral energy system. At present, the
possibility of an updated report (with the working title Nordic Energy Outlook) is discussed
within the Bard of NER and with the IEA
.
The Nordic Electric Vehicle Outlook 2018 (NEVO 2018) has been developed in co-operation
between the International Energy Agency (IEA) and Nordic Energy Research. It aims to
identify and discuss recent developments of electric mobility in the five Nordic countries:
Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden. The report assesses the current status of
the electric car market, the deployment of charging infrastructure, and the integration with
the electricity grid at country level. It analyses the role of European, national and local
policy frameworks in supporting these developments. The analysis also provides insights on
consumer behavior and includes an outlook on the progress of electric mobility in the
Nordic region up to 2030.
126
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0127.png
The NER Board Meeting in November 2018 decided to allocate up to 4 million NOK to each
of the key areas 1-6. The proposed Nordic Exchange programs for energy researchers (key
area 7) was allocated 5 million NOK for the 2019-2020 period. These funds are intended as
seed money to attract additional funding from the national research councils to meet the
500 million DKK overall target. Programs meeting the following three criteria are deemed
relevant; Deliver Nordic added value, agreed by all Nordic research councils and fall within
the areas below. Based on this process, NER has identified seven key areas that could
enhance joint Nordic research efforts:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Digitalisation of the Nordic Electricity Grid.
Further enhancing the Nordic Energy Market
Energy Storage
Energy and Transport (land-based, aviation and maritime)
Bioenergy and Biofuels
Carbon Capture Utilisation and Storage (CCUS)
Support Nordic Exchange programmes for energy researchers
NER is also exploring how the Nordic countries can join forces in providing input to
European research programs, especially the so-called ERA-NETs under the existing Horizon
2020 and the upcoming Horizon Europe programmes. ERA-nets on; Carbon Capture
Utilisation and Storage (CCUS), Energy Storage, Biomass and Digitalisation of Energy
Systems seem particularly suited.
SET-plan
The overarching criteria of the Danish Energy Technology Development and Demonstration
Program (EUDP) are applicability to global trends and challenges, and business potentials, in
line with the objectives of the Strategic Energy Technology Plan (SET-plan). When it comes
to specific technology areas, Denmark has taken a neutral approach, but favor areas where
Denmark already has a stronghold.
The EUDP wants to further strengthen the international collaboration effort in order to
attract the best international players to project consortia with Danish partners, providing
that results are anchored in Denmark and create added value for Danish players.
Furthermore, participation in international collaboration will also help promote Danish
acquisition of knowledge about the newest trends and methodologies. The European
Energy Union and the SET-Plan play an important role in this context. EUDP funds
participation in large European projects and the projects must concurrently be within the
s ope of EUDP s o jectives.
In this context, EUDP funds participation in relevant ERA-NET
Co-fund initiatives under Horizon 2020.
In this connection, the EUDP will prioritize participating in SET-Plan work in collaboration
with the Danish Energy Agency in order to provide Danish input to the process and acquire
relevant knowledge for use in implementation of the EUDP strategy and in the allocation of
funding. The SET-Plan is being implemented through Horizon 2020, and through the ERA-
NET Co-fund mechanism, which the EUDP is already making use of and to which the
program will continue to afford priority.
127
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0128.png
The EUDP board strategy for 2017-19 was presented in early 2017 and is still valid. The
strategy places special priority on ensuring that funds are granted in focus areas in which
there is a particularly good match between the global demand for energy technology on the
one hand, and Danish strongholds and commercial potentials on the other. This also goes
for international collaboration projects.
Danish strongholds
Both EUDP and an independent report on research and innovation in the Danish energy
sector have identified the following Danish strongholds based on a number of indicators
(i.e. patents, publications, quality of energy-related research, demonstration projects,
available export statistics). Compared to other countries, Denmark is relatively strongly
positioned in the following areas:
Wind power
Danish competences in wind energy are based on a network of large and small enterprises
and a range of research and development centers. The wind power industry employs
approx. 30,000 people. DTU Wind Energy (Technical University of Denmark) has played a
key role in this development. Moreover, Denmark has a number of unique test facilities
such as the Lindoe Offshore Renewables Center (LORC), the Test Center for Large Wind
Turbines at Høvsøre, Østerild
National Test Centre for Large Wind Turbines and more.
Denmark is also home to some of the world's largest wind turbine manufacturers, including
Vestas Wind Systems and Siemens Wind Power. Furthermore, Ørsted has driven the
development of offshore wind technologies through the establishment and operation of
offshore wind farms.
District heating
Denmark's stronghold in district heating has been shaped over a period of 100 years.
Today, Danish district-heating plants are among the most energy-efficient CHP plants in the
world. The sector employs more than 7,000 people. There is strong demand abroad for
Danish competences in this area. In a large number of situations, the effective Danish CHP
production provides support for unique partnerships with local enterprises connected to
the district heating infrastructure. Danish CHP plants have gradually been converted to a
high rate of biomass use, and have therefore gone from a biomass consumption of only 8%
in 1980 up to approx. 40%. This has been possible, e.g. because Danish fuel taxes have only
targeted fossil fuels. However, technological developments have also been a factor. The
gradual conversion of the district heating sector also contributed to the build-up of the
Danish knowledge and resource base, and this was established through close collaboration
between plants, authorities, consultants and suppliers. Denmark therefore has strong
competencies within the design and dimensioning of CHP plants, consultancy services and
specialized production.
Efficient use of energy
Efficient and intelligent energy use is crucial, e.g. in buildings, in households, in production
processes, at system level and in the transport sector. Denmark is relatively well positioned
within lighting, low-energy buildings, building materials and processes, as well as reduction
of energy consumption in existing buildings. Comparative analyses of retrofitting of existing
128
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0129.png
buildings versus raising new buildings in a sustainability perspective, including energy
consumption for production, also place Denmark in a leading position. Danish strongholds
in this area have been established primarily through taxes and subsidy schemes as well as
energy labelling of products; all instruments intended to reduce energy consumption. A
large number of enterprises are in the markets for products within efficient use of energy
and energy-efficiency improvements and optimization.
Bioenergy
The fact that Denmark introduced energy-policy requirements for alternatives to fossil fuels
at an early stage, that it envisioned a supply sector supplied from several sources, and that
Denmark focused on exploiting domestic fuels, led to the establishment of a solid platform
for bioenergy in the 1980s and 1990s. This development involved both research and
development activities and focused on the role of agriculture as a supplier of residual
products and the role of the energy sector as a recipient of energy produced at CHP plants.
A large number of local and decentralized biomass-fired CHP plants were built.
Furthermore, a large number of large-scale and centralized CHP plants were converted to
biomass. To this should be added the unique knowledge and technology development
within biofuels and biogas. It is the expectation that biogas production will more than
double and, perhaps, triple, while the use of biogas is becoming independent of local CHP
plants, with distribution through the existing gas infrastructure, so that gas can be used in
the CHP sector, in industry, in natural gas boilers in households, and in the transport sector.
Biogas technology can also be defined as a Danish stronghold based on the number of
reference projects abroad and the scope of research and development activities in
Denmark.
Smart grids and system integration
For Denmark, smart grids are a particularly interesting area because of the challenge of
integrating large amounts of intermittent wind power into the existing system, which to an
ever greater extent is calling for ways by which to regulate electricity consumption relative
to current production efficiently and intelligently. One element in this context is activation
of consumers through hourly meter pricing and smart meters. Developments in this area
received a boost when it was decided that all Danish homes must have remotely-read
meters and hourly pricing by 2020. Another important element is the dramatic
developments in digitalization. While smart grids specifically address the problem of
moving consumption to other times during the day and matching supply with demand,
system integration is also a growing and very important area. In the future, many factors
will be competing to supply this dynamic: electric cars, electric cartridges, heat pumps, etc.
system integration also covers aspects relating to energy storage and smart energy. Smart
energy is a broader concept than smart grids. Smart energy covers several energy grids,
energy types and sectors in the overall energy infrastructure (electricity, heating, cooling,
gas, transport). Developments within system integration are therefore to a great extent a
question of creating dynamic incentive structures which can incorporate different
technologies and different parts of the energy system in an integrated interplay and in a
cost-efficient manner, e.g. combining solar heating and heat pumps with gas or biomass in
the district heating system. The challenge with regard to storing energy is to develop
129
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0130.png
technologies and concepts that can store the energy from periods with high production and
low demand (e.g. wind power) and save it for peak demand periods, or, alternatively, to
convert the energy to other, high-value energy products (e.g. fuels).
Oil and gas
The Danish oil and gas industry is founded on Danish exploration and recovery activities in
the North Sea since the 1980s. Oil from the Danish continental shelf is not easy to access,
and persistent focus on increasing the recovery rate and continuously extending the service
life of Danish oilfields means Danish players have become world leaders in advanced oil
extraction. This applies e.g. within horizontal drilling and injection. Danish strongholds
within oil and gas are primarily an industry cluster of around 250 enterprises. Furthermore,
a Centre for Oil and Gas has been set up at the Technical University of Denmark (DTU). The
center will provide support for research and development activities as well as highly
specialized education and training in oil and gas technology and exploration.
Other technologies
There is a category of other technologies, for which, so far, no large export revenues have
been registered, but with regard to which Denmark is also relatively strongly positioned in
terms of publications and demonstration projects, for example within heat pumps, fuel
cells, geothermal energy and wave power.
Prioritization and allocation of funds
Danish business potentials in the area of energy technologies are especially prominent in
those areas which, over the next 5-10 years, will see a significant demand for specific
technologies, and about which it can be said with relative certainty that there is a good
match with Danish industrial strongholds and RDD activities. This assumes that Danish
players in one way or another will have a head start or an advantage compared to other
countries due to an extensive knowledge and resource base, patents, knowhow, test
facilities.
The rationale behind the EUDP Strategy is to invest in areas in which there is a particularly
good match between global demand for new energy technology, on the one hand, and
Danish strongholds and business potentials on the other. First, global trends and challenges
in the energy area are described, and, then, business potentials are identified by comparing
the challenges and trends with the Danish strongholds. This approach forms the basis for
focusing EUDP efforts. The primary focus of EUDP will be on projects which develop,
demonstrate and scale-up technologies in Denmark with the aim of exporting them - in
other words, primary focus is on Technology Readiness Levels 4-8 in the value chain.
On the basis of a review of global trends and Danish strongholds in the energy area, the
following observations are deemed of particular interest in the context within which the
EUDP is to prioritize its funds:
Expected greater focus on unsubsidized energy production in future.
Expectations that onshore wind will be the cheapest new electricity capacity globally in
the short term.
130
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0131.png
Expectations that solar PV will be the cheapest new electricity capacity globally in the
medium term.
Expectations that roof-top PV installations combined with battery storage will relatively
quickly become widespread in many countries throughout the world.
Offshore wind investments have seen relatively large growth in the European market so
far.
Growing focus on energy-efficiency improvements globally.
A larger share of intermittent RE (Renewable Energy) leads to greater demand for
demand-response management technologies.
A larger share of intermittent RE leads to greater demand for energy storage solutions.
In this context, battery storage, in particular, is expected to play a significant role.
Greater focus on the use of interconnectors between countries and energy systems
globally.
Investments in biofuels have declined over the past five years, while investments in
bioenergy and waste-to-energy have increased. Biomass will probably increasingly have
to be used to make high-value products, e.g. in those parts of the transport sector
which are not so easily electrified (heavy goods transport, ships, aircraft).
International Participation and Collaboration in the IEA
EUDP promotes international projects, knowledge-sharing, network building and
knowledge acquisition, etc. through the IEA Technology Collaboration Programs, wherever
this is of strategic interest to Denmark. Furthermore, the IEA is currently strengthening
efforts with regard to its Technology Collaboration Programs (TCPs). By applying this, EUDP
can fund Danish participation in annexes or tasks that involves:
A technology area of particular Danish interest.
That the applicant has a professional self-interest in participating.
That the application has an adequate overview of relevant Danish players and
stakeholders within the area of technology in question.
That the application contains a plan for dissemination activities, which must be
conducted in relation to the relevant Danish players and stakeholders within the
technology area. In order to participate in tasks/annexes, a minimum requirement
is to set up an electronic newsletter or similar (e.g. website), which is offered to all
players and stakeholders and is disseminated at least two times a year. This can e.g.
happe i elatio to the appli a t s pa ti ipatio i
eeti gs, o kshops, et . o
by the appearance of new reports, analyses or other initiatives from IEA. During the
project period, there must be arranged at least one workshop/seminar addressing
Danish players and stake-holders within the relevant technology area. This can take
place in collaboration with other related IEA collaborations or the like.
Mission Innovation
Denmark is member of Mission Innovation, and has
besides committing to double funding
in energy research by 2020
been active in both the international secretariat, innovation
challenges and the business engagement group. Denmark is active in four Innovation
Challenges:
Smart Grids,
Carbon capture,
131
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0132.png
Sustainable Biofuels,
Clean energy materials,
In three out of four Innovation Challenges the engagement is rooted in research
environments and contribute to knowledge sharing, as well as development of programs
and projects. The work has resulted in new partnerships and strengthening of existing
projects. As for smart grids and biofuels the engagements builds on Danish areas of
strength, whereas materials has turned out to be a connection of different areas of
expertise to create new opportunities within the fields of energy materials. Denmark has
recently joined the Innovation Challenge regarding Carbon Capture, and is looking forward
to contribute to the innovation challenge.
Denmark has also recently joined the leadership forum and is leading a coalition on
shipping.
(iii) Where applicable, financing measures in this area at national level, including
Union support and the use of Union funds
EUDP was established in 2007 to support national energy targets regarding a stable and
secure energy supply, consideration for the global climate, cost efficiency and business
strengths and potentials through development and demonstration of new energy
technologies (TRL 4-8). EUDP has from 2011-2015 had an annual budget of approx. 400 mill.
DKK. The budget was halved in 2016 to approx. 190 mill. DKK, but has since increased to
approx. 430 mill. in 2019.
EUDP has a politically independent board which is responsible for allocating funds to the
best projects among the applicants. EUDP funds projects in many different energy sectors.
In 2018 the EUDP allocated 86% (approx. 362 mill. DKK) of its funds to four different
sectors: Wind projects received approx. 180 mill. DKK, projects regarding hydrogen and fuel
cells received approx. 82 mill. DKK, projects regarding system integration received approx.
55 mill. DKK, and projects regarding energy efficiency received approx. 43 mio. DKK.
Innovation Fund Denmark was established in 2014 and supports strategic research projects
(TRL 2-4). The Innovation Fund has in 2018 allocated a total of 206 mill. DKK in funds to
research and development in the energy sector.
Denmark has received approximately 923 mio. DKK to energy related projects under the
Horizon2020-programme (from 2014 to 2019). Denmark thereby is one of the most
successful countries in the EU (funding per capita) in getting access to EU funding and
participating in projects in the EU. The funds are an essential part in advancing new green
technologies in Denmark as well as countries working with Danish actors in these projects.
132
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0133.png
SECTION B: ANALYTICAL BASIS
133
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0134.png
4. CURRENT SITUATION AND PROJECTIONS WITH EXISTING
POLICIES AND MEASURES
This se tio p ese ts the assu ptio s a d esults f o De a k s E e g a d Cli ate
Outlook 2019 (DECO 2019) (Energistyrelsen, 2019a)
52
, which is a projection towards 2040
with existing policies and measures (WEM).
Technology cost projections assumptions and results are from Denma
k s te h olog
catalogues (Danish Energy Agency, 2019)
The
current situation
refers to 2017, which is the latest statistical year. Projections refer to
2018-2040.
For used parameters and variables data see Annex 1.
For detailed greenhouse gas emissions and removals data see Annex 2.
For detailed energy prices data see Annex 3 and 4.
For detailed description of existing measures and the modelling platform see Annex 5.
For carbon ETS price data used for DECO2019 see Annex 6.
For air pollutants projections data see Annex 7.
4.1. Projected evolution of main exogenous factors influencing
energy system and GHG emission developments
(i) Macroeconomic forecasts (GDP and population growth)
As shown in Figure 18, from 2017-2030 the population is projected to grow 6%, while GDP
increases 18%. The trend is projected to continue beyond 2030, leading to a 9% population
growth and a 32% GDP growth in 2040, compared to 2017.
52
https://ens.dk/sites/ens.dk/files/Analyser/deco19.pdf
134
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0135.png
Figure 18. Population and GDP 2005-2040 [2017=100].
(ii) Sectoral changes expected to impact the energy system and GHG emissions
Figure 19 shows the electricity consumption for various sectors from 2020-2030,
highlighting significant impacts, mainly due to the increase of electricity demand for hyper-
s ale data e te s HSDC s and
heating applications. GHG emissions will be less affected
due to the increased deployment of renewable energy capacity in the same period.
Figure 19. Electricity consumption (PJ) by sector (net loss excluded) 2020-2030.
135
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0136.png
(iii) Global energy trends, international fossil fuel prices, EU ETS carbon price
Figure 20 shows the projections of fossil fuel prices used as assumptions in the NECP.
Figure 20. Fossil fuel prices 2005-2040 [2016-EUR/GJ].
16
14
12
2016-EUR/GJ
10
8
6
4
2
-
2005
2010
2015
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
Oil
Gas (NCV)
Coal
Figure 21 shows the carbon price for the ETS sectors used for DECO2019 as well as a revised
carbon price projection.
Figure 21. Carbon ETS price used for projections in DECO 2019. Carbon ETS price was revised in
September 2019 [2016-EUR/ton].
136
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0137.png
(iv) Technology cost developments
Figure 22 shows the levelized cost of electricity (LCoE) for wind and solar power compared
to a coal-fired power plant. The projection shows that LCoE for wind and solar power is
lower than for a coal-fired power plant throughout the projection period.
Figure 22. Levelized cost of electricity generation with years of final investment decision 2015-2040
[EUR/MWh] for utility scale wind and solar and a coal-fired power plant.
137
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0138.png
4.2. Dimension decarbonization
4.2.1. Greenhouse gas emissions and removals
(i) Trends in current GHG emissions and removals in the EU ETS, effort sharing
and LULUCF sectors and different energy sectors
The trends in current Danish GHG emissions and removals from 1990-2017 are shown in
Figure 23 below A key result is that total GHG emissions without LULUCF have decreased
32% since 1990.
Figure 23. GHG emissions by gas 1990-2040 [kt of CO2eq]
100.000
CO2 emissions without net CO2
from LULUCF
CO2 emissions with net CO2 from
LULUCF
90.000
CH4 emissions without CH4 from
LULUCF
80.000
CH4 emissions with CH4 from
LULUCF
N2O emissions without N2O from
LULUCF
70.000
N2O emissions with N2O from
LULUCF
60.000
CO2 equivalent (kt)
HFCs
PFCs
50.000
Unspecified mix of HFCs and PFCs
40.000
SF6
NF3
30.000
Total (without LULUCF)
20.000
Total (with LULUCF)
10.000
Total (without LULUCF, with
indirect CO2)
Total (with LULUCF, with indirect
CO2)
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
2015
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
-
Other highlights are:
total GHG emissions with LULUCF have decreased 32%
CO2 emissions without LULUCF have decreased 35%
CO2 emissions with LULUCF have decreased 36%
CH4 emissions without LULUCF have decreased 9%
CH4 emissions with LULUCF have decreased 9%
N2O emissions without LULUCF have decreased 32%
N2O emissions with LULUCF have decreased 31%
138
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0139.png
Figure 24 shows the GHG emissions reductions achieved, distributed between emissions
covered by the EU ETS system and non-ETS emissions. As the EU ETS did not exist until 2005
the split of total emissions into ETS and non-ETS 1990-2004 is based on proxy estimates and
not on reported ETS emissions.
From 2005, where the reporting of ETS emissions began, until 2017:
EU ETS CO2 emissions have decreased 43%
non-ETS GHG emissions without LULUCF have decreased 17%
Figure 24. GHG emissions in the ETS and the non-ETS (ESD, ESR) sectors 1990-2040 [ktCO2eq]
60.000
EU ETS from 2005, CO2 emissions
from stationary installations also
included in the inventory [1990-
2004: PROXY estimates]
50.000
EU ETS from 2012, CO2 emissions
from domestic aviation also
included in the inventory [all
INVENTORY estimates]
40.000
CO2 equivalents (kt)
EU ETS, Total CO2 emissions in EU
ETS also included in the inventory
[1990-2004: PROXY estimates]
30.000
20.000
Non-ETS GHG emissions, without
LULUCF, with indirect CO2 (2013-
2020: ESD / 2021-2030: ESR)
[1990-2004: PROXY estimates]
10.000
-
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
2015
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
139
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0140.png
Emissions have been particularly reduced in the energy sector and in energy industries,
which is shown in Figure 25 below.
Highlights of GHG emissions reductions by IPCC energy sector from 1990-2017 are:
energy sector emissions decreased 36%
energy industry emissions decreased 57%
manufacturing industry emissions and construction decreased 26%
transport emissions increased 23%
othe se to s e issio s de eased %
Figure 25. GHG emissions by IPCC energy sector 1990-2040 [ktCO2eq]
80.000
1. Energy (with indirect CO2)
70.000
A. Fuel combustion (sectoral
approach) (with indirect CO2)
1. Energy industries (with indirect
CO2)
2. Manufacturing industries and
construction
60.000
50.000
3. Transport
CO2 equivalents (kt)
40.000
4. Other sectors
5. Other
30.000
B. Fugitive emissions from fuels
20.000
1. Solid fuels
10.000
2. Oil and natural gas and other
emissions from energy production
-
C. CO2 transport and storage
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
2015
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
140
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0141.png
Figure 26 shows the total GHG emissions by IPCC main sector from 1990-2017:
energy sector decreased 36%
industrial processes and product use decreased 14%
agriculture decreased 16%
land use, land-use change and forestry decreased 40%
waste decreased 36%
Figure 26. GHG emissions by IPCC main sector 1990-2040 [ktCO2eq]
80.000
70.000
60.000
1. Energy (with indirect CO2)
50.000
2. Industrial processes and
product use
3. Agriculture
CO2 equivalents (kt)
40.000
30.000
4. Land use, land-use change
and forestry
20.000
5. Waste
10.000
6. Other
-
1990
1995
2000
2005
2010
2020
2030
-10.000
141
2040
2015
2025
2035
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0142.png
Figure 27 shows that:
LULUCF net emissions decreased 40% from 1990-2017
KP1 net credits accumulated to 8.865 kt CO2eq
Figure 27. GHG emissions and accounting quantities in the LULUCF sector 1990-2040 [ktCO2eq].
6.000
4.000
LULUCF under the UNFCCC
(net emissions from "4. Land
use, land-use change and
forestry")
2.000
CO2 equivalents (kt)
-
2010
2015
2035
2040
1990
1995
2000
2005
2020
2025
2030
-2.000
LULUCF accounting quantities
(net credits if negative):
KP1(2008-2012), KP2(2013-
2020), EU/LULUCF(2021-2030)
-4.000
-6.000
-8.000
142
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0143.png
(ii) Projections of sectoral developments with existing national and Union
policies and measures at least until 2040 (including for the year 2030)
The previous section showed the past and current emissions, i.e. the development from
1990-2017. This section describes the projections from 2017-2040, shown in the figures
presented in the previous section.
Figure 23 above shows the development of GHG emissions by gas from 1990-2040. A key
result of the projection is that total GHG emissions without LULUCF are expected to
decrease 46% from 1990 to 2030 and 49% from 1990 to 2040.
Other results of the projections are:
total GHG emissions with LULUCF decrease 45% from 1990 to 2030 and 47% from
1990 to 2040
CO2 emissions without LULUCF decrease 51% from 1990 to 2030 and 56% from
1990 to 2040
CO2 emissions with LULUCF decrease 50% from 1990 to 2030 and 53% from 1990
to 2040
CH4 emissions without LULUCF decrease 13% from 1990 to 2030 and 14% from
1990 to 2040
CH4 emissions with LULUCF decrease 12% from 1990 to 2030 and 13% from 1990
to 2040
N2O emissions without LULUCF decrease 36% from 1990 to 2030 and 35% from
1990 to 2040
N2O emissions with LULUCF decrease 36% from 1990 to 2030 and 35% from 1990
to 2040
Figure 24 shows from 1990-2040 emissions in EU ETS and non-ETS. As the EU ETS did not
exist until 2005 the split of total emissions into ETS and non-ETS 1990-2004 is based on
proxy estimates and not on reported ETS emissions.
From 2005, where the reporting of ETS emissions began, the projection shows that:
EU ETS CO2 emissions decrease 68% from 2005 to 2030 and 69% from 2005 to 2040
non-ETS GHG emissions without LULUCF decrease 25% from 2005 to 2030 and 30%
from 2005 to 2040.
The non-ETS projectio
should e see i o te t ith De a k s o ligatio to li it o
-
ETS greenhouse gas emissions in 2030 by at least 39 percent relative to emissions in 2005.
Additional policies and measures to meet the objective are to be decided after the
submission of the NECP, including climate action plans. For more information on this, see
section 2.1.1.
Figure 25 shows from 1990-2040 the total GHG emissions by sector. The projection shows
that:
energy sector emissions decreases 53% from 1990 to 2030 and 58% from 1990 to
2040
143
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0144.png
emissions from energy industries decrease 82% from 1990 to 2030 and 84% from
1990 to 2040
emissions from manufacturing industries and construction decrease 33% from 1990
to 2030 and 35% from 1990 to 2040
transport emissions increase 19% from 1990 to 2030, but will be fading from
already around 2022, due to energy efficiency and increased share of renewable
energy in the transport sector, reaching a level of 5% above 1990 levels in 2040
other sectors emissions decrease 66% from 1990 to 2030 and 70% from 1990 to
2040
Figure 26 shows from 1990-2040 the total GHG emissions by IPCC sector. The projection
shows that:
energy sector emissions decreases 53% from 1990 to 2030 and 58% from 1990 to
2040
industrial processes and product use emissions decrease 12% from 1990 to 2030
and 9% from 1990 to 2040
agricultural emissions decrease 17% from 1990 to 2030 and 15% from 1990 to 2040
land use, land-use change and forestry emissions decreases 31% from 1990 to 2030
and 25% from 1990 to 2040
emissions from waste decreases 52% from 1990 to 2030 and 63% from 1990 to
2040
Figure 27 shows the LULUCF emissions and net credits from 1990-2040. The projection
shows that:
LULUCF emissions decrease 31% from 1990 to 2030 and 25% from 1990 to 2040
KP2 net emissions accumulates to 23.806 ktCO2eq
EU/LULUCF (2021-2030) net emissions accumulate to at least 14.600 ktCO2eq
Projections of air pollutants
In response to a recommendation from the Commission to the draft of this NECP,
information about projections of air pollutants is included here.
I fo atio a out the p oje ted ai polluta ts e issio s u de a ith additio al
easu es s e a io as ot a aila le u til Ma h
. I a o da e ith the Natio al
Emission Ceiling Directive the information was reported to the EEA and the Commission on
Ma h
De a k s
su issio of WEM a d WAM p oje tio s of ai polluta ts
under the National Emission Ceiling Directive (European Environmental Agency, 2019)
The ai esults of the ith easu es ai polluta ts p oje tio a d the ith additio al
easu es ai polluta ts p oje tio a e sho i A e
Ta les a d .
It should e oted that the ith easu es ai polluta ts p oje tio s e a io f o Ma h
is ased o the e e g WEM s e a io f o Ap il
a d that the ith additio al
easu es ai polluta ts p oje tio s e a io o l adds o the effe ts of the Danish
energy
o pa Ø sted s
a ou e e t of phasi g out of oal f o
.
144
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0145.png
The next projection of air pollutants emissions will not be available until March 2021.
4.2.2. Renewable energy
(i) Current share of renewable energy in gross final energy consumption and in
different sectors (heating and cooling, electricity and transport) as well as per
technology in each of these sectors
Figure 28 shows that from 2005-2017 the overall Renewable Energy Share increased from
16% to 34% and the Renewable Energy Share of Electricity increased from 27% to 64%.
Figure 28. Overall Renewable Energy Share (RES), Renewable Energy Share in Heating/Cooling
(RES-H/C), Renewable Energy Share in Electricity (RES-E), Renewable Energy Share in Transport
(RES-T), 2005-2040 [%]
120%
100%
80%
60%
40%
20%
0%
2005
2010
2015
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
RES
RES-H/C
RES-E
RES-T
145
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0146.png
Figure 29 shows the sources of renewable energy in the respective sectors in 2017. It is
worth noting that:
bioenergy accounted for almost two thirds of overall Renewable Energy in 2017 (21
percentage points of 34 % overall RE share in energy), mainly due to its large role in
heating/cooling. In electricity, bioenergy has a smaller share. onshore and offshore
wind power together accounted for two thirds, i.e. 43 percentage points out of the
64% RE in electricity. The remaining part is almost entirely bioenergy.
biofuels accounted for the 5% of the RES-T
Figure 29. RES, RES-H/C, RES-E, RES-T year 2017 [%]
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
RES-E
Offshore wind
Solar
Waste (bio-degradeable)
Other
Biofuel (2. generation)
Biogas (2. generation)
RES-H&C
Onshore wind
Bioenergy
Ambient heat for Heat pumps
Biofuel (1. generation)
Biogas (1. generation)
Electricity (rail)
RES-T
RES
146
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0147.png
(ii) Indicative projections of development with existing policies for the year 2030
(with an outlook to the year 2040)
This section refers to the projection part of the figures presented in the previous section.
Figure 28 on shares of Renewable Energy in various sectors shows the expected
development from 2017-2040. A key result of the projections is that overall Renewable
Energy Share increases from 34% in 2017 to 54% in 2030. This brings the renewable energy
share very close to the 55% ambition of the Energy Agreement from June 2018, see section
1.
Another remarkable result of the projection is that the share of Renewable Energy in
electricity is expected to increase from 64% in 2017 to 109% in 2030, which implies that
Danish consumption of electricity from 2028, on average over a year, is projected to be
covered entirely by renewable energy. This projection should also be seen in context with
the Energy Agreement, in which initiatives agreed upon are expected to lead to a
renewable energy share in electricity above 100% of consumption in 2030 (see section 1).
The projection also shows, however, that without new initiatives, consumption of electricity
ill e eed RE p odu tio
the e d of the
s. This is la gel due to t o fa to s: the
assumption that electricity consumption will continue to grow, mainly from data centres
HSDC s , a d the p oje tio s a e do e o the asis of e isti g poli ies a d easu es,
and there are currently no decisions on the establishment of new production capacity
beyond 2030.
In terms of heating/cooling, the RE share is expected to increase from 44% in 2017 to 60%
in 2030, whereas in transport the RE share is expected to grow from 7% in 2017 to 19% in
2030.
147
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0148.png
Figure 30 shows the share of various technologies in the overall RE mix from 2017-2040.
The projection shows that while biomass continues to play a major role due to its share in
heating, the increase of renewable energy in the overall mix is almost entirely due to other
RE sources, notably offshore wind, ambient heat for heat pumps and solar PV:
The share of offshore wind power increases from 3 pct.-point in 2017 to 12 pct.-
point in 2030 to 10 pct.-point in 2040
The share of onshore wind power increases from 5 pct.-point in 2017 to 8 pct.-point
in 2030 to 10 pct.-point in 2040
The share of bioenergy decreases from 21 pct.-point in 2017 to 23 pct.-point in
2030 and then falls to 21 pct.-point in 2040
The share of solar energy increases from 1 pct.-point in 2017 to 4 pct.-point in 2030
to 6 pct.-point in 2040
The share of waste (bio-degradable) is 3 pct.-point in 2017 and in 2030, and it
decreases from 3 pct.-point in 2030 to 2 pct.-point in 2040
The share of ambient heat for heat pumps increases from 1 pct.-point in 2017 to 5
pct.-point in 2030 to 7 pct.-point in 2040
Figure 30. RES by technology 2017-2040 [%]
148
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0149.png
Figure 31 shows RES-H/C by technology from 2017-2040. A key result of the projection is
that the share of bioenergy increases from 36 pct.-point in 2017 to 42 pct.-point in 2030,
but then falls to 39 pct.-point in 2040, largely due to heat pumps penetrating the market. In
the projection, the share of ambient heat for heat pumps increases from 3 pct.-point in
2017 to 12 pct.-point in 2030 to 17 pct.-point in 2040
Other results are:
The share of solar energy increases from 1 pct.-point in 2017 to 2 pct.-point in 2030
to 3 pct.-point in 2040
The share of waste (bio-degradable) is constant with 5 pct.-point in 2017 to 2030
and to 2040
Figure 31. RES-H/C by technology 2017-2040 [%].
149
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0150.png
Figure 32 shows RES-E by technology from 2017-2040. Overall, it is worth noting that the
increase in the RE share of electricity towards 2030 is particularly due to an increase in wind
and solar. For example, the share of offshore wind power increases from 15 % in 2017 to 48
% in 2030, and the share of solar energy increases from 3 % in 2017 to 13 % in 2030.
Other results of the projection are:
The share of onshore wind power increases from 29 pct.-point in 2017 to 33 pct.-
point in 2030 to 34 pct.-point in 2040
The share of bioenergy decreases from 15 pct.-point in 2017 to 13 pct.-point in
2030 to 9 pct.-point in 2040
to 17 pct.-point in 2040
The share of waste (bio-degradable) is constant with 2 pct.-point in 2017 to 2030
and decreases to 1 pct.-point in 2040
As also mentioned above, the reason why overall RE share of electricity drops below 100 %
agai
the e d of the
es, is la gel due to
growing electricity consumption from
ai l data e t es HSDC s , a d that o de isio s a e et take o the esta lish e t of
new production capacity beyond 2030.
Figure 32. RES-E by technology 2017-2040 [%]
150
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0151.png
In terms of RE in transport, the development is very much dependent on how fast Electric
Vehicles will penetrate the market. With the current knowledge, and the existing policies
and measures, it is expected that this development takes off in the mid-2020'es. With that
assumption, Figure 33 shows the share of Renewable Energy in transport by technology
from 2017-2040.
The projection shows that:
The share of biofuel first generation is constant with 5 pct.-point in 2017 to 2030
and decreases to 4 pct.-point in 2040
The share of biofuel second generation increases from 0 pct.-point in 2017 to 2
pct.-point in 2030 and in 2040
The share of electricity rail increases from 1 pct.-point in 2017 to 3 pct.-point in
2030 to 4 pct.-point in 2040
The share of electricity road increases from 0 pct.-point in 2017 to 8 pct.-point in
2030 to 36 pct.-point in 2040
Figure 33. RES-T by technology 2017-2040 [%]
151
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0152.png
4.3. Energy efficiency
(i) Current primary and final energy consumption in the economy and per sector
(including industry, residential, service and transport)
The trends in primary and final energy consumption in the economy from 2005-2040 are
shown in Figure 34 below.
The figure shows that in 2017:
Primary energy consumption was 18.131 ktoe
Final energy consumption was 14.863 ktoe
Ratio between primary energy consumption and final energy consumption was 0,81
Figure 34. Primary and final energy consumption 2005-2040 [ktoe]
25.000
1,00
20.000
0,95
15.000
0,90
ktoe
10.000
0,85
5.000
0,80
-
2005
2010
2015
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
0,75
Primary energy consumption
Final energy consumption
Ratio (right axis)
Figure 35 shows the trends in final energy consumption by sector from 2017-2040.
The figure shows that the transport (35 %) and the residential (31 %) sector acounted for
the largest shares of the final energy consumption in 2017.
The share of final energy consumption in the other sectors in 2017 was:
industry 15%
tertiary 13%
agriculture 5%
construction 1%
152
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0153.png
Figure 35. Final energy consumption by sector 2017-2040 [ktoe]. Tertiary sector includes HSDC.
6.000
5.000
4.000
ktoe
3.000
2.000
1.000
-
2005
2010
Agriculture
Tertiary
2015
2020
2025
Industry
Other
2030
2035
2040
Construction
Transport
Residential
(ii) Current potential for the application of high-efficiency cogeneration and
efficient district heating and cooling
A comprehensive assessment of the potential for the application of high efficiency
cogeneration and efficient district heating and cooling in Denmark was delivered to the
Commission in December 2015 in accordance with article 14, 1 in Directive 2012/27/EU.
The technical potential of district heating is expected to increase by 1194 ktoe in 2035. The
business economic potential is expected to reach 3583 ktoe in 2020, which is an increase by
~1433 ktoe compared to 2013 (Energi, 2015).
The socio economic potential is expected to increase from ~1911 ktoe in 2013 to 3105 ktoe
in 2020. From 2020 to 2030 the analysis shows that socio economic potential district
heating potential decreases to around 2388 ktoe.
The potential for combined heat and power in Denmark is expected to decrease from
covering 73 % of the district heating demand in 2012 to covering 63 % in 2025 as a result of
the integration of RES-electricity sources in the electricity grid.
The combined heat and power have relatively high marginal costs compared to e.g. wind
and PV, and are therefore estimated to be less feasible in the future energy system in
Denmark. When there is reduced market incentive to produce electricity from the
combined heat and power it is more economic feasible to only invest in heat producing
units. The decrease in combined heat and power is not substituted by thermal power
production, but by intermittent renewable energy share and renewable energy district
153
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0154.png
heating technologies. There are no national strategies to change this development as the
energy security level is high in the Danish electricity grid (99.99 %) and because there are
several renewable energy share alternatives to produce heat for district heating grids.
The district cooling potential is not expected to change dramatically in the period 2006-
2030 and it is expected to reach 2,866 MW. The socio economic potential is 2,211 MW and
therefore it is almost corresponding to the technical potential.
(iii) Projections considering existing energy efficiency policies, measures and
programmes as described in point 1.2.(ii) for primary and final energy
consumption for each sector at least until 2040 (including for the year 2030)
53
Section 4.3(i) showed the current primary and final energy consumption. This section
describes the projections from 2017-2040, shown in the figures presented in the section
4.3(i).
Figure 34 shows the development in primary energy consumption, final energy
consumption and ratio from 2017-2040. The projection shows that:
Primary energy consumption increases 1% from 2017 to 2030 and decreases 1%
from 2017 to 2040
Final energy consumption increases 6% from 2017 to 2030 and 8% from 2017 to
2040
ratio increases 5% from 2017 to 2030 and 9% from 2017 to 2040
Figure 35 shows final energy consumption by sector from 2017-2040. A key result of the
projection is that only the residential energy consumption is expected to fall, while for the
other sectors energy consumption is expected to stay at roughly the same level. The largest
increase in energy consumption is expected in the tertitary sector, particularly due to
e pe ted e ele t i it o su ptio
la ge data e t es, HSDC s,
(COWI A/S for the
Danish Energy Agency, 2018). However, there is still considerable uncertainty associated
with projecting electricity consumption by large data centres.
The concrete results of the projections are:
agriculture increases 2% from 2017 to 2030 and 5% from 2017 to 2040
construction increases 6% from 2017 to 2030 and 8% from 2017 to 2040
industry increases 6% from 2017 to 2030 and 12% from 2017 to 2040
residential decreases 5% from 2017 to 2030 and 10% from 2017 to 2040
tertiary increases 44% from 2017 to 2030 and 73% from 2017 to 2040
transport increases 2% from 2017 to 2030 and to decreases 2% from 2017 to 2040
Moreover, Figure 35 shows the share by sector of final energy consumption (FEC) in 2030
and 2040. The projection shows that:
53
This reference business as usual projection shall be the basis for the 2030 final and primary energy consumption
target, which is described in 2.3 and conversion factors.
154
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0155.png
agriculture accounts for 5% of FEC 2030 and FEC 2040
construction accounts for 1% of FEC 2030 and FEC 2040
industry accounts for 15% of FEC 2030 and FEC 2040
residential accounts for 27% of FEC 2030 and 26% of FEC 2040
tertiary accounts for 18% of FEC 2030 and 22% of FEC 2040
transport accounts for 34% of FEC 2030 and 32% of FEC 2040
(iv) Cost-optimal levels of minimum energy performance requirements resulting
from national calculations, in accordance with Article 5 of Directive 2010/31/EU
Denmark has submitted the latest cost-optimal report to the Commission on March 23,
2018. The cost-optimal report shows the following overall conclusions:
In general, the overall level for requirements for new buildings is a little tighter than what is
required by the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (EPBD). The weighted average
for new buildings shows that the Danish requirements are 21 % tighter than the cost-
optimal level. However, there are variations between different types of buildings.
For building elements that are subject to a renovation, the requirements are also near the
cost-optimal point. The calculations show variations for different types of constructions
depending on the starting point of the insulation levels of the existing constructions.
For buildings undergoing major renovation, the building regulations include renovation
classes that can be used. The levels in these classes have been evaluated in the cost-optimal
report, and the report showed that the level was not sufficiently tight. The weighted
average showed that the requirement in average was 30 percent from the cost-optimal
point. After the cost-optimal report was published, the levels of the renovation classes have
been lowered. The renovation classes, therefore, are now within the cost-optimal range.
Overall, the report shows that Denmark fulfills the requirements of cost-optimal levels in
building regulations.
155
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0156.png
4.4. Energy security
(i) Current energy mix, domestic energy resources, import dependency, including
relevant risks
Figure 36 shows that for gross inland energy consumption in 2017 by energy source:
solids (mainly coal) accounted for 12%
oil accounted for 36%
natural gas accounted for 17%
solid biomass accounted for 19%
other bioenergy accounted for 6%
other renewables (wind and solar) accounted for 9%
waste accounted for 2%
Figure 36. Gross inland energy consumption by energy source 2005-2040 [ktoe].
25.000
20.000
15.000
ktoe
10.000
5.000
-
2005
Solids
Nuclear
Other renewable energy forms
2010
2015
Oil
Solid biomass
Waste (Non-renewable fraction)
2017
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
Natural gas
Other bioenergy
Other
156
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0157.png
Figure 37 shows that import dependency in 2017 was 19%. However, as the figure shows,
this situation has changed significantly over the past years, and is projected to change in
the future.
De a k s self-sufficiency
peaked at 155 % in 2004. Since then, due to decreasing
production of oil and gas, import dependency has increased and the phasing out of
(imported) coal and increased renewable energy production has not yet been sufficient to
cove
the defi it. F o ea l
s, he the T a gas field is e pe ted a k i ope atio ,
import dependency is expected to drop significantly, as shown in Figure 37.
The development in the mid-
a d se o d half of the
s efle ts se e al de elop e ts,
including on the one hand the expiration of energy efficiency measures from the Energy
Agreement from June 2018 in 2024, and on the other hand three large wind farms expected
to begin operations.
The projected development from 2030 to 2040 reflects the methodology used, i.e.
projections done with existing policies and measures. This implies that while projections
assume an expected increase of consumption
of e e g , ai l f o data e t es, HSDC s,
there is currently no decisions on deployment of new production capacity beyond 2030 to
offset this increase.
Figure 37. Import dependency 2005-2040 [%]
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
-10%
-20%
-30%
-40%
2005
2010
2015
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
Import Dependency
The most relevant risks to Danish energy security, looking ahead to 2040, is
sufficient supply of biomass and a well-functioning market
development in global oil supply, including a well-functioning market with balance
between supply and demand
energy system challenges related to the nature of fluctuating wind and solar power.
157
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0158.png
(ii) Projections of development with existing policies and measures at least until
2040 (including for the year 2030)
Results describe in this section refers to the projection part of Figure 36 and Figure 37 on
energy mix presented in the previous section.
Figure 36 shows from 2017-2040 the gross inland energy consumption. A key result is that
solids (mainly coal) decrease 86% from 2017 to 2030 and 87% from 2017 to 2040 and
othe e e a les
i d a d sola i ease
%f o
to
a d
%f o
to 2040.
Other results of the projections are:
oil decreases 5% from 2017 to 2030 and 13% from 2017 to 2040
natural gas decreases 40% from 2017 to 2030 and 49% from 2017 to 2040
solid biomass decrease 2% from 2017 to 2030 and 12% from 2017 to 2040
other bioenergy increases 38% from 2017 to 2030 and 32% from 2017 to 2040
waste decreases 3% from 2017 to 2030 and 5% from 2017 to 2040
Figure 36 shows projected energy consumption by energy sources in 2030 and
2040. A key result is that solids (mainly coal) accounts for only 2% of projected
energy consumption in 2030 and 2040 and that other renewables (wind and solar)
accounts for 26% in 2030 and 32% in 2040
The projection also shows that:
oil accounts for 34% in 2030 and 32% in 2040
natural gas accounts for 10% in 2030 and 8% in 2040
solid biomass accounts for 18% in and 17% 2040
other bioenergy accounts for 8% in 2030 and 7% in 2040
waste accounts for 2% in 2030 and 2040
Figure 37 shows from 2017-2040 the import dependency. The projection shows that import
dependency decreases from 19 pct.-point in 2017 to -2 pct.-point in 2030 and increases to
20 pct.-point in 2040. An explanation for this is given above under Section 4.4 (i).
158
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0159.png
4.5. Internal energy market
4.5.1 Electricity interconnectivity
(i) Current interconnection level and main interconnectors
54
The current interconnection level
55
in Denmark is at 50.6%. Table 11 and Table 12 show the
u e t i te o e tio le el a d the u e t i te o e to s de elop e t espe ti el .
Table 11: Current interconnectors
Name
Skagerrak 1-4
Konti-Skan 1-2
Kassø-Audorf
57
Bornholm-Sweden
Storebælt
Øresund
Kontek
Price areas connected
DK1
56
-NO1
DK1-SE3
DK1-DE
DK2
58
-SE4
DK1-DK2
DK2-SE4
DK2-DE
Capacity [MW]
1700
740
2500
60
600
1300/1700
59
585
Table 12. Interconnectors under construction
Name
CobraCABLE
Kriegers Flak
CGS
Viking Link
Endrup-Niebüll
Price areas
connected
DK1-NL
DK2-DE
DK1-UK
DK1-DE
Capacity
[MW]
700
400
1400
1000
Commissioning
year
2019
2019
2023
2023
(ii) Projections of interconnector expansion requirements (including for the year
2030)
60
Energinet is undertaking an analysis on the future level of security of supply in DK2
given that more and more thermal power plants will be closing in the near future
With reference to overviews of existing transmission infrastructure by Transmission System Operators (TSOs).
As the ratio between import interconnection and net generation capacities of the country.
56
DK1 consists of Jutland and Funen.
57
The present interconnector capacity is 1500 MW from Germany and 1780 MW towards Germany; however, the
interconnector is currently being upgraded to a capacity 2500 MW in both directions.
58
DK2 consists of Zealand, Lolland, Falster and Bornholm.
59
1700 MW export capacity to Sweden and 1300 MW import capacity from Sweden.
60
With reference to national network development plans and regional investment plans of TSOs.
55
54
159
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0160.png
In ENTSO-E
s Te
-Year Network Development plan 2018 a new interconnector,
Kontek 2, between DK2 and DE is mentioned
Energinet and TenneT along with several other project partners launched the North
Sea Energy Hub in 2017. The projects concern the construction of an island in the
North Sea which will serve as a hub for offshore wind power production in the
North Sea and the island could be connected to the Netherlands, Denmark and
Germany and possibly other countries as well. The project is still in the initial stage
where feasibility studies on a wide range of topics are being conducted to
determine whether to take the project to the next stage. The project is part of
ENTSO-E
s Te
-Year Network Development Plan 2018. If final decision on
investment is made, the project will probably be constructed in steps. Moreover,
the Government is investigating the potential for Denmark to construct the first
energy island by 2030, with a minimum of 10 GW connected.
A number of other interconnectors are approaching their end-of-life, and
consequently a decision whether to reinvest, build a brand new interconnector or
invest in something else should be taken
4.5.2 Energy transmission infrastructure
(i) Key characteristics of the existing transmission infrastructure for electricity
and gas
61
Electricity
Denmark is divided into two price areas, Western Denmark (DK1) and Eastern Denmark
(DK2) separated by Storebælt. Western Denmark is connected and is operated in synchrony
with the continental European grid and Eastern Denmark runs in synchrony with the Nordic
grid. Western and Eastern Denmark are only connected through the Storebælt-
interconnector. Table 13 and Table 14 show detailed information.
Table 13. Length of overhead lines and cables by voltage level
Line-km
132 kV
150 kV
220 kV
400 kV
Sum
Overhead
lines
753
1.216
40
946
2.956
Cables
476
605
84
114
1.279
Sum
1.228
1.822
124
1.061
4.235
61
With reference to overviews of existing transmission infrastructure by TSOs.
160
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0161.png
Table 14. Number of substations and transformers
Number
132 kV
150 kV
220 kV
400 kV
Sum
Substations
75
78
5
26
184
Transformer
s
112
107
5
30
254
Gas
The Danish gas transmission system (80 bar) is owned and operated by Energinet, the
Danish TSO. The gas grid is connected to natural gas fields in the North Sea and the
international gas market through three entry/exit points (Nybro, Ellund and Dragør) where
all natural gas enters Denmark.
Natural gas can be supplied to domestic consumers using the transmission and distribution
grid. The transmission tariff varies depending on where shippers book entry and/or exit
capacity.
Energinet has fully implemented the network code on harmonised transmission tariff
structures for gas (TAR NC) with the approval of the methods by the Danish Utility
Regulator in May 2019, and as of October 2019, the tariffs will be in accordance with the
TAR NC. Henceforth, regular method approvals by the Danish Utility Regulator of the tariff
structures will be carried out.
Characteristics of the Danish gas system
Transmission grid, length: approx. 900 km
The transmission grid is connected to the distribution network via 42 M/R stations,
hi h egulate the p essu e do to the le el of the dist i utio o pa ies pipeli e
systems
4 metering stations
(ii) Projections of network expansion requirements at least until 2040 (including
for the year 2030)
62
Onshore wind along with solar power are constituting a more and more substantial part of
the energy mix so the growing need for the integration of these energy sources is also
reflected in the need for expansion of the transmission grid.
62
With reference to national network development plans and regional investment plans of TSOs.
161
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0162.png
In terms of domestic heating, the expected large-scale implementation of heat pumps is
also expected to have a major impact on the requirements of the future transmission grid.
The maps below show some of the possible future transmission grids as expected by
Energinet, however these possible grid structures have not received approval, they only
represents how the Danish TSO expects the transmission grid to develop.
Figure 38. Possible electricity transmission grid structure by 2027 drafted by the Danish TSO,
Energinet (Energinet, 2018)
162
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0163.png
Figure 39. Electricity transmission grid structure by 2040 (Danish TSO, Energinet) (Energinet, 2018)
The Danish gas pipeline network is well developed and there are currently no plans for
further network expansion besides the ongoing Baltic Pipe Project. Baltic Pipe (BP) is a
project between the Polish TSO
GazSystem
and the Danish TSO
Energinet
with the
objective to transport gas from Norway to Poland via Denmark. In order to ensure sufficient
transport capacity, the Danish transmission system needs to be expanded as part of the
project.
Baltic Pipe will include the following technical systems and installations:
A 105-
kilo et e lo g, e offsho e gas pipeli e f o No a s pipeli e Eu o-
pipe II in the North Sea to a receiving terminal located on shore in Denmark.
Expansion of the Danish transmission system with a new gas pipeline,
approximately 210-230 km long.
163
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0164.png
A compressor station in the south-east part of Zealand.
A 260-310 km long offshore gas pipeline in the Baltic Sea between Denmark and
Poland. The Polish TSO - GAZ-SYSTEM - is in charge of establishing and operate the
gas pipeline across the Baltic Sea between Denmark and Poland.
E pa sio s of Pola d s t a s issio s ste .
The final investment decision was made in 2018, and the pipeline is scheduled to come on
stream by October 2022.
4.5.3 Electricity and gas markets, energy prices
(i) Current situation of electricity and gas markets, including energy prices
Electricity in Denmark is divided into two zones, DK1 (Western DK), DK2 (Eastern DK). For
the winter period 2017/2018 (October 2017
March 2018), the average price for the whole
of Denmark was 32.8 EUR/MWh
DK1 31.4 EUR/MWh
DK2 was 34.2 EUR/MWh (Energitilsynet, 2017)
Electricity in 2017 was:
electricity production 29 Twh
electricity import 5 Twh
electricity production including grid losses 34 Twh
Gas prices in 2017 showed that:
average gas prices for households consumers excluding taxes and levies accounted
for 0,456 MEUR/ktoe
average gas prices for industrial users excluding taxes and levies accounted for
0,278 MEUR/ktoe
Gas production in 2017 including bio natural gas was 2,65 bio Nm
3
164
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0165.png
(ii) Projections of development with existing policies and measures at least until
2040 (including for the year 2030)
Figure 40
sho s that DK s a e age p i e i eases % f o
to
a d %f o
2019 to 2040.
Figure 40: Spot price and chosen price zones 2019-2040 [2019-EUR/MWh]
Figure 41 shows that electricity production (including grid losses) increases 33% from 2019
to 2030 and 62% from 2019 to 2040.
Figure 41: Electricity supply and demand and net import/export 2019-2040 [TWh]
165
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0166.png
Figure 42 shows that the natural gas price for final consumers decrease 10% from 2019 to
2030 and increase 2% from 2019 to 2040.
Figure 42: Natural gas price 2019-2040 [Meuro/ktoe].
166
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0167.png
Figure 43 shows total gas consumption (incl. Denmark, exports to Sweden and to Germany)
from 2019-2040. The Projection shows:
DK s gas o su ptio de eases % f o
to
a d %f o
to
2040
exports to Sweden decrease 13% from 2019 to 2030 and 30% from 2019 to 2040
Figure 43. Gas consumption 2019-2040 [Mill. Nm3]
167
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0168.png
Figure 44 shows total gas production including bio natural gas and imports from Germany
from 2019-2040. The projection shows that:
bio natural gas production increases 122% from 2019 to 2030 and to 2040
gas supply via Nybro increases 48% from 2019 to 2030 and 82% from 2019 to 2040
imports from Germany increases 177% from 2019 to 2030 and 113% from 2019 to
2040
Figure 44. Gas production and imports 2019-2040 [Mill. Nm3]
168
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0169.png
4.6. Research, innovation and competitiveness
(i) Current situation of the low-carbon-technologies sector and, to the extent possible, its
position on the global market (that analysis is to be carried out at Union or global level)
The low-carbon technology sector in Denmark in this chapter includes all carbon neutral
technologies (wind, solar, hydro power, bio mass etc.) as well as technologies that support
necessary means for the transition to a low-carbon energy system (smart grids, storage
etc.). The sector employs around 31.200 full-time workers, which corresponds to 43% of
the total employees in the energy sector.
63
The low-carbon industry is more active within
research and innovation, with an average of 9 out of 100 employees working in the field of
research and innovation compared to on average 5 out of 100 employees in traditional
Danish companies.
64
Denmark has in the years 2010-17 seen an increase in the export of energy technology of
31,5%, compared to an on average increase in EU15 of 9,9% (Energistyrelsen, 2017).
Denmark mainly exports to other EU countries, but export of energy technology to the US
and China are on the rise.
Figure 45 shows the competitiveness of onshore wind, offshore wind and solar PV by their
levelized cost of electricity (LCoE). In 2017 the cost of producing electricity by wind and
solar was lower than by a coal-fired power plant and their competitiveness is still increasing
rapidly.
63
64
Damvad Analytics 2018
Danmarks Statistik
169
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0170.png
Figure 45. Levelized cost of electricity generation with years of final investment decision 2015-2040
[EUR/MWh] for utility scale wind and solar and a coal-fired power plant.
For detailed information on the gross final energy consumption and the RES by technology
see section 4.2.2.
(ii) Current level of public and, where available, private research and innovation
spending on low-carbon-technologies, current number of patents, and current
number of researchers
The public spending for research and innovation programmes
65
in renewable technologies
in 2017 is listed in Table 15 (ref. Energiforskning.dk). The numbers in Table 15 include
spending from three public funding programmes (Energy Technology Development and
Demonstration Program, Innovation Fund Denmark and ELFORSK).
65
In addition to the specific programs for new renewable technologies, the public research institutions perform R&D within
renewable energy technologies funded through unspecified funds such as the general university funds.
170
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0171.png
Table 15. Government budget allocation for R&D and demonstration of new renewable technology
programmes in 2017.
Category
Biomass and waste
Energy efficiency
Hydrogen and fuel cells
Smart grids and systems
Solar energy
Wave energy
Wind energy
Other
Total
mio. EUR
0,8
17,4
5,1
24,6
1,3
0,2
7,3
1,4
58,0
Not all categories in the table directly supports low-carbon technologies. But they support
necessary means for the transition to a low-carbon energy system.
In 2015, private companies spent approximately 536 Mill. EUR on research and
development in energy research (Damvad Analytics, 2018).
Denmark has appr. 42 patents pr. mill. inhabitants in technologies related to minimizing
climate changes.
(iii) Breakdown of current price elements that make up the main three price
components (energy, network, taxes/levies)
The following tables show a breakdown of electricity and gas prices on energy, network and
taxes/levies for businesses and households.
Table 16 and Table 17 show price components for businesses and households:
for businesses, the energy price accounts for approximately 20-50% of the total
price
for households, the energy price only accounts for 10-20% of the total price
Table 16. Price components for businesses in 2017[EUR cent/kwh]
171
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0172.png
Table 17. Price components for households in 2017[EUR cent/kwh]
Table 18 and Table 19 show gas price components for businesses and for households:
for businesses, the energy accounts for approximately 30% of the total price before
refundable taxes. However, some business consumers are eligible for a tax refund,
after that, the energy price on average constitute up to approximately 60-70% of
the total price for business with high gas consumption.
for households, the energy price accounts for approximately 30-35% of the total
price.
Table 18. Price components for businesses in 2017 [EUR/m3].
Table 19. Price components for households.
(iv) Description of energy subsidies, including for fossil fuels
Denmark provides subsidies for renewable energy technologies, e.g. onshore wind,
offshore wind, solar PV, biomass and biogas. Subsidies are given as production subsidy per
kWh, normally for a limited number of years. The costs of renewable technologies is
steadily declining, and becoming competitive with fossil fuel sources.
172
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0173.png
It is a strong political objective to promote future electricity production from renewable
energy on market conditions free of subsidies.
The current energy subsidies are described below. For fossil fuel subsidies, see section 3.1.3
(iv).
Energy subsidies for utility scale plants
Biomass fired power plants receive a fixed premium of 2 EUR cent/kWh electricity
for non-depreciated plants. Electricity generated from biomass is closely related to
generation of heat. Hence, the tax exemption on heat generated from biomass has
a huge impact on how much electricity is generated from biomass. Depreciated
plants will receive a subsidy covering only operational costs (subject to approval
from the EU commission). (Energistyrelsen, 2019b)
Subsidies for offshore windfarms are set through tenders. Kriegers Flak is the latest
settled Danish offshore tender. It resulted in a feed in tariff of 5 EUR cent/kWh for
the first 30 TWh for the 605 MW windfarm, which is set to be commissioned in
2021 (Energistyrelsen, 2019e)
As of 2018 the subsidies for future offshore wind and solar PV will be offered
through a tendering procedure, allowing these technologies to compete against
each other and provide a downward pressure on the subsidy level. Later more
technologies will be included in the tenders and allow these to compete for
support. The latest tender in 2018 resulted in a total of approximately 260 MW
onshore wind turbines and approx. 280 MW solar PV installations, with a weighted
average price premium of the winning bids of approximately 0.31 EUR cent/kWh
(Energistyrelsen, 2019f)
Heat produced from biomass receives an indirect subsidy by being exempted from
CO2 and energy tax (Energistyrelsen, 2019d)
In Denmark, the use of biogas is supported through various aid schemes, and
different types of end-use are eligible for support. The subsidy is paid to the end-
user of biogas, i.e. where biogas is used to produce heat/electricity, or upgraded
and injected into the gas grid. There are currently 5 recognized uses of biogas
(electricity production, upgrading to biomethane and injected to grid, transport,
heat production, industrial processes). The current subsidy schemes are however
coming to an end and will not be granted to new producers after january 1
st
2020.
Electricity producers using biogas are eligible for a feed-in tariff which can be
received in two forms. Either as a CfD where the electricity spot price is included
(0,114 EUR/kWh in 2019), or a price premium (0,060 EUR/kWh) paid in addition to
the electricity spot price. In addition to the tariff, the support scheme includes a
variable rate which is regulated by the market price of natural gas (~0,031
EUR/kWh in 2019). If the market price of natural gas drops below a certain floor
price, the subsidy increases and vice versa.
Biogas that is upgraded to biomethane and injected into the gas grid is also eligible
for aid. Biomethane producers are paid a feed in tariff (0,110 EUR/GJ in 2019) plus
a variable rate which is regulated by the market price of natural gas (~0,031 EUR/GJ
in 2019).
173
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0174.png
Biogas used in industrial processes/for transportation is subsidized through a CfD
(5,23 EUR/GJ) plus the variable rate tied to the market price of natural gas.
Biogas used for heating purposes is eligible for the variable rate only.
Energy subsidies for residential scale plants:
Residential wind turbines and solar PV systems receive an indirect subsidy by being
exempted from electricity tax, public service obligation (PSO) and grid tariffs of the
part of the produced electricity that is used for self-consumption behind the meter.
This means that the prosumer on instant settlement has to pay tax on all electricity
supplied from the collective grid
just like any other consumer of electricity. The
excess production (the production that is not self-consumed) is sold to the
collective grid at the SPOT price.
Furthermore, the Danish government has agreed to lower the tax on heat produced
from electricity. The tax is reduced from 4,12 Euro/kWh electricity to 2,08
Euro/kWh electricity from 2021. This is believed to increase the use of heat pumps,
both in residential and collective heating. It is thereby a means to support the
electrification of the heat sector and the green transition.
174
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0175.png
5. IMPACT ASSESSMENT OF PLANNED POLICIES AND
MEASURES
66
5.1 Impacts of planned policies and measures described in section 3
on energy system and greenhouse gas emissions and removals
including comparison to projections with existing policies and
measures (as described in section 4)
The projections in this NECP, described in Chapter 4, are done on the basis of existing
policies and measures, including initiatives in the most recent Energy Agreement of June
2018. These projections equal those published in the Danish Energy And Climate Outlook in
September 2019. On 27 June 2019 a new Government took office, launching climate
change as one of its main priorities. On December 6, 2019 the Government reached an
agreement on a new Climate Act with 8 out of the 10 parties in the Danish Parliament. The
act will include a legally binding target to reduce greenhouse gases by 70% by 2030 (relative
to 1990 level), to reach net zero emissions by 2050 at the latest, and to set milestone
targets based on a five-year cycle. The Government will, inter alia, propose climate action
plans, which will launch new initiatives contributing to meeting the ambitious greenhouse
gas emission reduction target.
At the time of the submission of the National Energy and Climate Plan, these initiatives,
however, have not yet been proposed or developed to an extent, where they can be
defi ed as pla ed poli ies a d easu es as defi ed the Go e a e Regulatio , i.e.
being
… optio s that a e u de dis ussio a d that ha e a ealisti ha e of ei g
adopted and implemented after the date of submission of the integrated national energy
a d li ate pla …
.
Consequently, no analysis has been made of the impacts of planned policies. Impact
assessments of planned policies will be provided in progress reports, as appropriate, and as
requested by the Governance Regulation.
66
Planned policies and measures are options under discussion and having a realistic chance of being adopted and
implemented after the date of submission of the national plan. The resulting projections under section 5.1.i shall therefore
include not only implemented and adopted policies and measures (projections with existing policies and measures), but also
planned policies and measures.
175
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0176.png
5.2 Macroeconomic, and to the extent feasible, the health,
environmental, employment and education, skills and social impacts
including just transition aspects (in terms of costs and benefits as
well as cost-effectiveness) of the planned policies and measures
described in section 3 at least until the last year of the period
covered by the plan, including comparison to projections with
existing policies and measures
The green transition will require changes in and by the entire society, including changes
that have economic and social consequences for society, companies and individuals.
Denmark is well aware of this, and it is an objective of the Danish Government to make the
transition fair, just and equitable.
One result of this effort is the export of energy technology. In 2017, Danish exports of
energy technology and energy services amounted to 85 billion DKK, which was 11.1 % of
overall Danish exports of goods and services. Half of this export was green technologies.
The green transition, hence, contributes significantly to Danish economy.
Another aspect of the green transition can be seen in the employment statistics. In 2015,
72,000 people were full-time employed within the energy sector, of which 41 % within the
green energy sector. This was expected in the previous Energy Agreement from 2012. The
green transition creates green jobs. Moreover, these green jobs are located in many
different parts of Denmark, thereby supporting a geographically inclusive growth.
Looking ahead, the latest Energy Agreement of June 2018 likewise focuses on promoting
Danish knowledge and Danish energy solutions globally, as ever more countries pursue a
transition to green energy. Denmark intends to seize these opportunities through efforts
such as bilateral collaborations with public authorities in other countries, thereby paving
the way for other countries to benefit from Danish experiences and possibly also benefit
Danish green exports (for more information see section 3.5).
Public awareness of climate change and energy issues has never been bigger. This is crucial
to the choices to be made by all citizens. The Energy Agreement includes a reduction of
energy taxes aimed at encouraging more people to choose green solutions such as heat
pumps. This would also benefit society moving towards a flexible and integrated energy
system and better utilisation of surplus heat in an energy system with a high share of
fluctuating energy. The tax reductions will also reduce energy costs for Danes
Competences and skills needed for the green transition are not the same as for a society
based on fossil fuels. This is reflected in the educational system on all levels from primary
school to universities, where the green transition has triggered a change in study
programmes unseen a decade ago.
The Danish Energy Agency has implemented different initiatives for the purpose of
improving the skills and quality regarding installation of energy-related product in buildings.
In 2008, the Agency established an information center for energy savings
(https://www.byggeriogenergi.dk). The content of information in the information center is
176
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0177.png
targeted installation contractors. Furthermore, the Danish Energy Agency has a certification
scheme for installing small renewable energy plants as part of the implementation of the
EU-directive for renewable energy. Moreover, the agency and Danish Standards have
recently developed a national standard that when published is expected to improve energy
efficiency in heat pump installations.
In regard to health the projections of air pollutants shows an overall decrease in air
pollutants emissions towards 2040 (for more information see section 4.2.1). This is
expected to have a positive impact on the general health in society.
177
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0178.png
5.3 Overview of investment needs
(i) existing investment flows and forward investment assumptions with regard to
the planned policies and measures
Denmark s shift towards a greener energy system was most recently promoted with the
Energy Agreement of 2018. The accumulated public and private investments flows initiated
by the Energy Agreement is estimated in the range of DKK 100-180 billion DKK until 2030
or approximately DKK 10 billion annually. The estimated investments flows can be divided
into the main categories listed in Table 20 below.
Table 20. Estimated public and private investment flows from 2018-2030 following the Danish
climate and energy targets by 2030.
Estimated investment flows,
by sector
(2018-prices, DKK billion)
Sector of investment
Households
Industry
Electricity
Gas and district heating
Total accumulated
Investment description
Energy efficiency and conversion of heat supply
Energy efficiency and new technology
New renewable energy capacity installed
Biogas and new district heating capacity
Investment value
20 - 30
10 - 30
60 - 90
10 - 30
100 - 180
Note: The estimates of expected investments flows are associated with considerable uncertainties. The specified
intervals do therefore not necessarily represent the entire spand of possible investment outcomes. The estimation
metodology of investment flows is based on expected installed volumes in the different categories and the
corresponding expected unit prices. In addition to the estimated investments driven by a shift towards a greener energy
supply, there will be other indirect "base load" investments associated with e.g. the conversion of power plants, as well
as investments in district heating, gas and electricity transmission network which could amount to around DKK 5 billion
annually.
The source of funding related to the above investements flows will in part come from both
public and private capital. In particular, private capital is expected to constitute a
substational proportion of the funding as industry investments mostly are financed via
capital from private financial institutions and investments funds. In terms of public sources
of funding, future state budget laws will be implemented according to the agreed multi
annual budget of the 2018 Energy Agreement, which is reproduced in Table 21.
178
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0179.png
Table 21. Prioritised budgets 2018-2025 in the 2018 Energy Agreement. The agreement prioritises
approximately 0.5 billion DKK in 2019, increasing to approximately 2.8 billion DKK in 2025.
179
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0180.png
Note: Due to rounding, there may be deviations between the sum of the components and the total sum. The tax reductions
a e listed i
p i es a d al ulated a o di g to e e sals a d eha io . Ta geted e e g sa i g effo t also i ludes
derived lower tax revenue.
In addition, on December 2 2019 the Danish Government, its supporting parties and the
Alternative reached agreement on the Finance Act 2020. The parties agreed to establish a
new fund called
“De
ark’s Gree Future Fu d”,
which will manage a total of 25 billion
DKK. The fund will contribute to the green transition in Denmark and abroad.
(ii) Sector or market risk factors or barriers in the national or regional context
Being a subsection of section 5.3 it is assumed the information to be reported here is
information on sector or market risk factors or barriers in the national or regional context in
relation to investment needs.
As mentioned in chapter 5.3(i) information both public and private investments are
available for this reporting. The risk factors or barriers in the national context in relation to
the investment needs relate to the budgets for achieving the objectives in the 2018 Energy
Agreement. However, as announced in the 2018 Energy Agreement, progress with
implementation of adopted measures will be closely monitored through frequent stock-
takes and follow-ups.
The risk factors or barriers in the national context in relation to the investment needs will
be minimised as any gaps in the need for additional public finance support or resources will
be identified well in advance through the frequent stock-takes and follow-ups.
(iii) analysis of additional public finance support or resources to fill identified
gaps identified under point (ii)
With the Energy Agreement being adopted in 2018 analyses with a view to identify gaps in
the need for additional public finance support or resources have not yet been relevant.
As for financial support regarding private investment, Danish pension funds have recently
announced that they plan to invest DKK 350 billion by 2030 in an effort to support the
green transition.
180
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0181.png
5.4 Impacts of planned policies and measures described in section 3
on other Member States and regional cooperation at least until the
last year of the period covered by the plan, including comparison to
projections with existing policies and measures
Nordic Energy Research, the platform for cooperative energy research and policy
development reporting to the Nordic Council of Ministers and funded jointly by the Nordic
governments, published
Nordic Energy Technology Perspectives 2016
together with the
International Energy Agency in 2016
a report looking at regional long-term, cost efficient,
low-carbon technology pathways for the Nordic region.
This study presents a detailed scenario-based analysis of how the Nordic countries can
achieve a near carbon-neutral energy system by 2050 (the Carbon Neutral Scenario, CNS)
and compares this to a Nordic 4 Degrees Scenario (4DS) reflecting the Nordic contribution
to the IEA s glo al
-degrees scenario.
Thus, giving general information on how a Nordic cooperative approach towards near
carbon neutrality could:
i. Impacts on the energy system in neighbouring and other Member States in the
region to the extent possible
ii. Impacts on energy prices, utilities and energy market integration
iii. Where relevant, impacts on regional cooperation
The analysis in NETP 2016 is based on a scenario where Nordic energy-related CO2-
emissions fall by 85% by 2050. The name
–the
Carbon-Neutral Scenario–reflects the
wording used in official targets, although carbon neutrality requires offsets to be used for
the remaining 15%. Thus, the CO2 reduction pathway established in the NETP CNS scenario
should be viewed as a minimum requirement. To enable the world as a whole to limit
global warming to 1.5°C, as stated in the Nordic Prime Minister Declaration on Nordic
Carbon Neutrality from January 2019, it is likely that additional abatement measures will be
required.
After completing two editions of Nordic Energy Technology Perspectives (NETP), a tracking
report has been made to illustrate how the Nordics progress towards a carbon neutral
society. The result is
Tracking Nordic Clean Energy Progress 2019;
a brief, illustrative report
that tracks the Nordic progress towards a carbon neutral society by highlighting the larger
trends and by diving into cases where Nordic solutions could have a global impact. The
report was launched in October 2019.
Some of the major findings of this study are that:
For the period 2013 to 2016 the Nordic countries are on track to meet the carbon
neutral pathway, even with higher GDP growth than expected, but it is likely that
additional measures will be necessary to continue this trend.
181
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0182.png
The positive development is mainly driven by the power and district heat sector
which are delivering substantial CO2-emission reductions, falling from 60.7 MtCO2
in 2007 to 37.4 in 2016, in line with the intermediate CNS 2030 target of 19.2
MtCO2.
The Nordic countries have, in aggregate, seen the renewable energy share of total
primary energy demand rising from 29% in 2006 to 39% in 2016 (+10 percentage
points in 10 years).
The electric vehicle share of the light-duty vehicle stock are on track to the 2020
CNS target of 4.1%.
Looking at the challenging sectors, the study finds that:
Energy consumption and emissions in the industry sector have gone down, but hard
to abate process emissions remain.
Energy efficiency in buildings is economical, but hard to realise
Bioenergy should be used in high-value sectors (transport), and sustainability
remains a challenge.
CCS needs to be demonstrated at scale.
182
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0183.png
REFERENCES
Danish Energy Agency (2019)
Technology Data for Energy Plants for Electricity and District
heating generation - Feb. 2019.
Available at:
https://ens.dk/sites/ens.dk/files/Analyser/technology_data_catalogue_for_el_and_dh_-
_0003.pdf.
Danmarks Tekniske Universitet (2018)
Landstrafikmodellen.
Danvad Analytics (2018) ‘Energibranchens investeringer i
forskning , udvikling og
innovation’, (September). Available at: https://www.danskindustri.dk/brancher/di-
energi/analysearkiv/brancheanalyser/2018/energibranchens-investeringer-i-forskning-
udvikling-og-innovation/.
Energi, forsynings-og klimaministeriet (2015)
Artikel 14 , stk . 1 i direktiv 2012 / 27 / EU :
Omfattende vurdering af potentiale for at anvende højeffektiv kraftvarmeproduktion og
effektiv fjernvarme og fjernkøling i Danmark.
Energinet (2018) ‘Systemplan 2018 electricity and gas in Denmark’.
Available at:
https://en.energinet.dk/About-our-reports/Reports/System-Plan-2018.
Energistyrelsen (2017) ‘Eksport af energiteknologi og service 2017’, pp. 1–10.
Available at:
https://ens.dk/sites/ens.dk/files/Statistik/analyse_-_energiteknologi_eksporten_2018.pdf.
Energistyrelsen (2018a)
Grundbeløbets bortfald og grundbeløbsindsatsen | Etableringsstøtte
til varmepumper.
Energistyrelsen (2018b)
PSO-fremskrivninger.
Energistyrelsen (2019a)
Basisfremskrivning 2019.
Available at:
https://ens.dk/sites/ens.dk/files/Analyser/bf19.pdf.
Energistyrelsen (2019b)
Biomass fired-power plants.
Available at:
https://ens.dk/ansvarsomraader/stoette-til-vedvarende-energi/stoette-til-biomasse-baseret-
elproduktion (Accessed: 17 September 2019).
Energistyrelsen (2019c)
Energiselskabernes Energispareindsats.
Energistyrelsen (2019d)
Facts about bioenergy in Denmark.
Available at:
https://ens.dk/en/our-responsibilities/bioenergy/facts-about-bioenergy-denmark (Accessed:
17 September 2019).
Energistyrelsen (2019e)
Offshore windfarms.
Available at: https://ens.dk/service/aktuelle-
udbud/kriegers-flak (Accessed: 17 September 2019).
183
KEF, Alm.del - 2019-20 - Bilag 144: Orientering om aflevering af Danmarks nationale energi- og klimaplan
2127983_0184.png
Energistyrelsen (2019f)
Tender scheme for wind and solar PV in 2018-2019.
Available at:
https://ens.dk/en/our-services/current-tenders/tender-scheme-wind-and-solar-pv-2018-2019
(Accessed: 17 September 2019).
Energitilsynet (2017) ‘Overvågning Af Det Danske Engrosmarked for Elektri-’. Available at:
http://energitilsynet.dk/fileadmin/Filer/Information/Diverse_publikationer_og_artikler/Halvaars
rapport_for_Vinterhalvaaret_2017.pdf.
Erhvervsministeriet (2017)
Erhvervs-og iværksætterinitiativer.
European Environmental Agency (2019)
Central data repository.
Available at:
http://cdr.eionet.europa.eu/dk/eu/nec_revised/projected/.
Eurostat (2018)
SHARES (Renewables).
Finansministeriet (2018)
Finansloven 2019.
IEA-ETSAP (2018)
Times (The Integrated MARKAL-EFOM System).
Ministry of Climate, E. and U. (2018)
‘Danish Energy Agreement’, (June), pp. 1–19.
Available
at: https://ens.dk/sites/ens.dk/files/EnergiKlimapolitik/aftale_22-03-2012_final_ren.doc.pdf.
SKM (2018)
Forslag til lov om ændring af registreringsafgiftsloven,
brændstofforbrugsafgiftsloven og lov om vægtafgift af motorkøretøjer m.v. (Udskydelse af
indfasning af registreringsafgift m.v. og ændring af bundfradrag for eldrevne køretøjer (L
120).
184